Top Banner
CEJM 2(5) 2004 732–753 Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds Dmitri Alekseevsky 1, Yoshinobu Kamishima 21 Department of Mathematics, Hull University, Cottingham Road HU6 7RX, Hull, England 2 Department of Mathematics, Tokyo Metropolitan University, Minami-Ohsawa 1-1, Hachioji, Tokyo 192-0397, Japan Received 15 December 2003; accepted 7 March 2004 Abstract: We define notion of a quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on a (4n+3)- dimensional manifold M as a triple (ω 1 2 3 ) of 1-forms such that the corresponding 2-forms satisfy some algebraic relations. We associate with such a structure an Einstein metric on M and establish relations between quaternionic CR structures, contact pseudo-metric 3-structures and pseudo-Sasakian 3-structures. Homogeneous examples of (para)-quaternionic CR manifolds are given and a reduction construction of non homogeneous (para)-quaternionic CR manifolds is described. c Central European Science Journals. All rights reserved. Keywords: Quaternionic ahler structure, contact structure, CR-structure, integrability, complex structure, Sasakian 3-structure, para-quaternions MSC (2000): 53C55, 57S25 1 Introduction In this paper, we shall study the geometry of quaternionic CR-manifolds (respectively para-quaternionic CR -manifolds) i.e. manifolds M , which are equipped with the globally defined sp(1)-valued (or, respectively sp(1, R)-valued ) 1-form ω under some conditions. (Compare with [4] for the notion of quaternionic CR-structure and the related work.) First of all we simply extract the conditions of the real 1-form ω α (α =1, 2, 3) repre- * E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected]
22

Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

Feb 05, 2023

Download

Documents

Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

CEJM 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on(4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

Dmitri Alekseevsky1lowast Yoshinobu Kamishima2dagger

1 Department of MathematicsHull University

Cottingham Road HU6 7RX Hull England2 Department of MathematicsTokyo Metropolitan University

Minami-Ohsawa 1-1 Hachioji Tokyo 192-0397 Japan

Received 15 December 2003 accepted 7 March 2004

Abstract We define notion of a quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on a (4n+3)-

dimensional manifold M as a triple (ω1 ω2 ω3) of 1-forms such that the corresponding 2-forms

satisfy some algebraic relations We associate with such a structure an Einstein metric on M

and establish relations between quaternionic CR structures contact pseudo-metric 3-structures

and pseudo-Sasakian 3-structures Homogeneous examples of (para)-quaternionic CR manifolds

are given and a reduction construction of non homogeneous (para)-quaternionic CR manifolds

is described

ccopy Central European Science Journals All rights reserved

Keywords Quaternionic Kahler structure contact structure CR-structure integrability

complex structure Sasakian 3-structure para-quaternions

MSC (2000) 53C55 57S25

1 Introduction

In this paper we shall study the geometry of quaternionic CR-manifolds (respectively

para-quaternionic CR -manifolds) ie manifolds M which are equipped with the globally

defined sp(1)-valued (or respectively sp(1 R)-valued ) 1-form ω under some conditions

(Compare with [4] for the notion of quaternionic CR-structure and the related work)

First of all we simply extract the conditions of the real 1-form ωα (α = 1 2 3) repre-

lowast E-mail dvalekseevskyhullacukdagger E-mail kamicompmetro-uacjp

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 733

senting a quaternionic CR-structure from [2] in which we have introduced an integrable

nondegenerate quaternionic Carnot-Caratheodory (Q C-C) structure B on a (4n + 3)-

manifold M more generally rather than the global case In sect2 we define and study

the basic properties of (para) quaternionic CR-manifolds The real 1-forms ωαα=123

define a codimension 3-subbundle H of TM on which there exists a quaternionic or re-

spectively para-quaternionic structure Jγγ=123 In sect3 we describe relations between

quaternionic CR structure contact pseudo - (Riemannian) metric 3-structure pseudo-K-

contact 3-structures and pseudo-Sasakian 3-structures We associate with a quaternionic

CR structure three (integrable ) CR structures Jα α = 1 2 3 and a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g1 We prove that these objects are consistent and define a pseudo-Sasakian 3-

structure In particular the metric g1 is an Einstein metric More generally we prove

that quaternionic CR structures are equivalent to the pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure As

by-product we get the following result

Theorem 33 A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure is automatically a pseudo-Sasakian

3-structure of type (3 + 4p 4q)

This is a generalization of the results obtained by Tanno [17] Jelonek [11] and Ka-

shiwada [13] The key point is a generalization of the Hitchin Lemma (cf Proposition

25) which implies the integrability of the almost complex structures Jα (α = 1 2 3) on

corresponding codimension 1-contact subbundle

In sect4 we indicate another proof of the result that the natural metric associated

with a (para)-quaternionic CR structure is Einstein (cf Theorem 41) It is based on

the OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas for Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers In sect5 we

assume that the action of 3-dimensional Lie algebra of vector fields associated with a

(para)-quaternionic CR manifold can be integrated to an almost free action of the corre-

sponding Lie group H1 We prove that in the case of proper free action the orbit space

MH1 carries a (para)-quaternionic Kahler geometry We gave some homogeneous exam-

ples of manifolds with (para)-quaternionic CR structure in sect6 In sect7 we show that the

reduction method works smoothly for manifolds with a (para)-quaternionic CR structure

and allows us to construct non homogeneous (para)-quaternionic CR manifolds starting

from (para)-quaternionic CR manifolds with a proper group of symmetries In sect8 we

consider ε-hyperKahler manifolds

We fix some notations and give a unified descriptions of two algebras of quaternions

We denote by Hε the associative 4-dimensional algebra over R with the standard basis

1 i1 = i i2 = j i3 = k and multiplication

i2 = minus1 j2 = k2 = ε jk = minuskj = minusεi

where ε = plusmn1

Then i j k anti-commute and ij = k ki = j For ε = minus1 we get the algebra H = Hminus1

of quaternions and for ε = +1 the algebra Hprime = H+1 is the split-quaternions We shall

refer to this last algebra also as algebra of paraquaternions The algebra Hε admits a

multiplicative ldquonormrdquo |x| =radic

(xx) such that |xy| = |x||y| where x = x0 minusx1iminusx2j minusx3k

734 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

is the quaternionic conjugation of x = x0 +x1i+x2j +x3k associated with the Hermitian

scalar product lt x y gt= xy which is positively defined for ε = minus1 and has split signature

(2 2) in the para case when ε = +1 The group H1ε of unit quaternions is isomorphic

to Sp1 for ε = minus1 and SO021 = Sl2(R) for ε = 1 (Here 0 indicates the connected

component of the group) The left multiplication defines an irreducible representation of

H1ε in Hε = R4 and the adjoint action Da x 7rarr axaminus1 = axa gives the 3-dimensional

representation of H1ε in the space ImHε = R

3 of imaginary quaternions Note that the

linear group DH1ε

is the connected group of automorphisms of Hε The Lie algebra h1ε of

H1ε is identified with the space ImHε of imaginary quaternions with respect to the Lie

bracket [x y] = xy minus yx The commutator relations with respect to the standard basis

i j k are

[i j] = 2k [j k] = minus2εi [k i] = 2j

Let π M rarr B is a principal bundle with the structure group H1ε = Sp1 or Sl2(R) A

connection in π is defined by a horizontal h1ε-valued 1-form ω on M which is an extension

of the natural vertical parallelism ienatural identification of vertical spaces T vx M with

h1ε With respect to the standard basis i j k of h1

ε the form ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k splits

into a triple (ω1 ω2 ω3) of scalar forms Similarly the curvature form ρ = dω + [ω and ω]

splits into a triple of scalar 2-forms (ρ1 ρ2 ρ3) where

ρ1 = dω1 minus 2εω2 and ω3 ρ2 = dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1 ρ3 = dω3 + 2ω1 and ω2

Assume that the curvature forms ρα α = 1 2 3 are non-degenerate on the horizontal

distribution H = Ker ω Then we can construct three fields Jα of endomorphisms of H

setting

J1 = minusε(ρ3|H)minus1 ρ2|H J2 = (ρ1|H)minus1 ρ3|H J3 = (ρ2|H)minus1 ρ1|H

We are interested in the case when these three endomorphisms Jα define a representation

of the quaternion algebra Hε that is they anti-commute and satisfy the quaternionic

relations

J21 = minusεJ2

2 = minusεJ23 = minus1 J2J3 = minusεJ1

We will show that a connection ω which satisfies these algebraic conditions for the cu-

rvature ρ is closely related with contact metric 3-structure (in particular Sasakian 3

structures) and determines Einstein metrics In the next section we give a more gene-

ral definition of such structure in terms of three 1-forms ωα which satisfy the structure

equations

2 Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure definition

and the main properties

Let ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) be a triple of scalar 1-forms on a (4n + 3)-dimensional manifold

M which are linearly independent ie ω1 and ω2 and ω3 6= 0 We associate with ω a triple

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 735

ρ = (ρ1 ρ2 ρ3) where

ρ1 = dω1 minus 2εω2 and ω3 ρ2 = dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1 ρ3 = dω3 + 2ω1 and ω2

and ε = +1 or minus1

Definition 21 A triple of linearly independent 1-forms ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is called a ε-

quaternionic CR structure (ε = +1 or minus1) if the associated 2-forms ρα α = 1 2 3 satisfy

the following conditions

(1) They are non degenerate on the codimension three distribution H = Ker ω1capKerω2cap

Ker ω3 and have the same 3-dimensional kernel V

(2) The three fields of endomorphisms Jα of the distribution H defined by

J1 = minusε(ρ3|H)minus1 ρ2|H J2 = (ρ1|H)minus1 ρ3|H J3 = (ρ2|H)minus1 ρ1|H

anti-commute and satisfy the ε-quaternionic relations

J21 = minusεJ2

2 = minusεJ23 = minus1 J2J3 = minusεJ1

For ε = minus1 the ε-quaternionic CR structure is called also a quaternionic CR struc-

ture and ε = +1 quaternionic CR structure is called also para-quaternionic CR struc-

ture The manifold M with an ε-quaternionic CR structure is called ε-quaternionic

CR manifold

We will see that there exists a big similarity between quaternionic and para-quaternionic

CR manifolds

The distribution H is called the horizontal distribution and V the vertical distribution

of ε-quaternionic CR manifold It follows from the definition that TM = V oplus H Using

this direct sum decomposition of the tangent bundle we define an one-parameter family

of pseudo-Riemannian metrics gt t isin R+ on a ε-quaternionic CR manifold M by

gt = gtV + gH (1)

where

gtV = t(ω1 otimes ω1 minus εω2 otimes ω2 minus εω3 otimes ω3)

= tsum

εαωα otimes ωα

(2)

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

and ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε Note that 1-forms ωα|x α = 1 2 3 at a point x isin M form

a basis of the dual space V lowastx sub T lowast

x M We denote by ξα|x the dual basis of Vx Then

ξα α = 1 2 3 are vertical vector fields such that ωβ(ξα) = δαβ We have

gt ξ1 = tω1 gt ξβ = minustεωβ for β = 2 3 (3)

We will denote by LX the Lie derivative with respect to a vector field X

736 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Lemma 22 (1) The vector fields ξα preserve the decomposition TM = V oplusH and span

a 3-dimensional Lie algebra hε of Killing fields of the metric gt for t gt 0 which is

isomorphic to sp(1 R) for ε = 1 and sp(1) for ε = minus1 More precisely the following

commutator relations hold

[ξ1 ξ2] = 2ξ3 [ξ2 ξ3] = minus2εξ1 [ξ3 ξ1] = 2ξ2

(2) The vector field ξα preserves the forms ωα and ρα for α = 1 2 3 Moreover the

following relations hold

Lξ2ω3 = minusLξ3ω2 = ω1 Lξ3ω1 = εLξ1ω3 = minusεω2 Lξ1ω2 = εLξ2ω1 = ω3

and similar relations for ρα

Proof Using the formula LX = dιX + ιXd for the Lie derivative we have for any hori-

zontal vector field h isin Γ(H) and a vector field ξ isin ξ1 ξ2 ξ3

(Lξωα)(h) = ((dιξ + ιξd)ωα)(h)

= dωα(ξ h) = (ρα minus 2δαωβ and ωγ)(ξ h) = 0

(δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Here (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of (1 2 3) This shows that

ξα preserves the horizontal distribution H Now we prove that ξα preserves the vertical

distribution V Using the fact that ξα preserves the horizontal distribution we get for any

h isin Γ(H)

ρα([ξβ ξγ] h) = dωα([ξβ ξγ] h) + 2δαωβ and ωγ([ξβ ξγ] h)

= minus1

2ωα([[ξβ ξγ] h])

=1

2(ωα([[ξγ v] ξβ]) + ωα([[ξβ h] ξγ])) (by Jacobi identity)

= 0

This shows that [ξα ξβ] is a linear combination of ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 To determine the coefficients

we calculate for ε = minus1

0 = ρα(ξβ ξγ) = dωα(ξβ ξγ) + 2ωβ and ωγ(ξβ ξγ)

=1

2(minusωα([ξβ ξγ]) + 2)

that is ωα([ξβ ξγ]) = 2 Similarly we can check that ωα([ξα ξβ]) = 0 This proves the

relations of [ξα ξβ] = 2δγξγ The relations of (2) follow now immediately Since ξα

preserves V and ωα it preserves also the vertical part gVt of the metric gt due to the

equation (3) One can easily check that ξα preserves the field Jα considered as a field

of endomorphisms of TM which is zero on V This implies that ξα preserves also the

horizontal part gH = plusmnρα Jα of the metric gt

Using the Koszul formulas for the covariant derivative nablat of the metric gt we get

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 737

Corollary 23 (1) nablatξα

ξβ = minusnablatξα

ξβ = 12[ξα ξβ] for α β isin 1 2 3 that is

nablatξα

ξα = 0 nablatξ1

ξ2 = ξ3 nablatξ2

ξ3 = minusεξ1 nablatξ3

ξ1 = ξ2

(2)

nablatξ1

ω2 = ω3 nablatξ2

ω3 = minusεω1 nablatξ3

ω1 = ω2

(3)

nablatξα

ρα = 0

nablatξ1

ρ2 = minusnablatξ2

ρ1 = ρ3 nablatξ2

ρ3 = minusnablatξ3

ρ2 = minusερ1 nablatξ3

ρ1 = minusnablatξ1

ρ3 = ρ2

Proof (1) follows from the Koszul formulas (2) follows from (1) since gtξα = minusεδαtωα

and nablat preserves gt (δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Now we calculate for example nablatξ1

ρ2 as

follows

nablatξ1

ρ2 = nablatξ1

(dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1) = dω3 + 2nablaξ1ω3 and ω1 = dω3 minus 2ω2 and ω1 = ρ3

The proof of other identities is similar

Now we extend endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 of the horizontal distribution H to

endomorphisms Jα of the all tangent bundle by the following conditions

Jαξα = 0 Jα|H = Jα

J1ξ2 = minusεξ3 J1ξ3 = εξ2

J2ξ3 = ξ1 J2ξ1 = εξ3

J3ξ1 = ξ2 J3ξ2 = εξ1

(4)

Note that the endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 at a point x constitute the standard basis

of the Lie algebra h1ε sub End(TxM) Using Lemma 22 and Corollary 23 we can prove

Lemma 24 The vector filed ξα preserves the field of endomorphism Jα for α = 1 2 3

and the Lie derivatives of Jα with respect to ξβ are given by

Lξ1 J2 = minusLξ2 J1 = minusεJ3 Lξ2J3 = εLξ3J2 = minusJ1 Lξ3 J1 = εLξ1J3 = J2

The following proposition shows that the restriction of the field of endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 to the (non-holonomic) codimension one distribution Tα = Kerωα are

integrable This means that the Nijenhuis tensor N(Jα Jα)Tα= 0 or equivalently the

eigendistributions Tplusmnα of Jα|Tα

are involutive We remark that J1 J2 J3 are gt-skew sym-

metric anticommuting endomorphisms with one-dimensional kernel Tperpα Moreover in the

case ε = minus1 Jα|Tαis a complex structure in Tα and in the case ε = 1 J1|T1

is a complex

structure and J2|T2and J3|T3

are involutive endomorphisms (iehas square +1)

Proposition 25 Let (M ω1 ω2 ω3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the above

defined field of endomorphisms J1|T1 J2|T2

J3|T3are integrable

738 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Proof First of all note the following formula (cf [15])

LX(ιY dωα) = ι(LXY )dωα + ιY LXdωα

= ι[XY ]dωα + ιY LXdωα (forallX Y isin TM)(5)

Secondly we remark that if X isin H then

ιXdω2 = minusειJ1Xdω3

ιXdω3 = ιJ2Xdω1

ιXdω1 = ιJ3Xdω2

(6)

Then the proof is based on the following Lemma which is a generalization of Lemma by

Hitchin

Lemma 26 (i) Let T1 otimes C = T+1 + Tminus

1 be the eigenspace decomposition of the com-

plexified distribution T1 otimes C = Kerω1 otimes C with respect to the endomorphism J1 with

eigenvalues +i minusi Then

ι[XY ]dω2 = minusεiι[XY ]dω3 forallX Y isin T+1

(ii) For ε = 1 let Tα = T+α + Tminus

α be the eigenspace decomposition of Tα α = 2 3 with

respect to the endomorphism Jα with eigenvalues +1 and minus1 Then

ι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω1 forallX Y isin T+2

ι[XY ]dω2 = ι[XY ]dω1 forall X Y isin T+3

Proof We prove (i) Let X isin T+1 such that J1X = iX Then

LXdω2 = (dιX + ιXd)dω2 = d(ιXdω2)

= minusεd(ιJ1Xdω3) (by (6))

= minusεi(dιX)dω3

= minusεi(LX minus ιXd)dω3 = minusεiLXdω3

(7)

Applying Y isin T+1 to the equation (5) we get

LX(ιY dω2) = LX(minusειJ1Y dω3) = minusεiLX(ιY dω3)

= minusεi(ι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω3) ((5))

= minusεiι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω2 ((7))

(8)

Since LX(ιY dω2) = ι[XY ]dω2 + ιY LXdω2 by (5) comparing this with (8) we obtain

minusεiι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω2

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 739

3 Quaternionic CR structure and contact pseudo-metric

3-structure

We will show here that the quaternionic CR structure (that is (ε = minus1)-quaternionic

CR structure) is equivalent to the contact (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure and

moreover any (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure is in fact Sasakian 3-structure

The last statement is a generalization of results obtained by Tanno [17] [18] Jelonek

[11] and Kashiwada [13] We recall the classical definitions of contact metric 3-structure

normal contact metric structure and 3-Sasakian structure

Definition 31 (Tanno [17][18] Blair [5])A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure

g (ηα ξα φα) α = 1 2 3 on a (4n + 3)-manifold M consists of a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g of signature (3 + 4p 4q) p + q = n contact forms ηα the dual vector fields

ξα = gminus1(ηα) and endomorphisms φα which satisfy the following conditions

(1) g(ξα ξβ) = δαβ

(2) φ2α(X) = minusX + ηα(X)ξα φα(ξα) = 0 dηα(X Y ) = g(X φαY )

(3) g(φαX φαY ) = g(X Y ) minus ηα(X)ηα(Y )

(4) φα = φβφγ minus ξβ otimes ηγ = minusφγφβ + ξγ otimes ηβ where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of

(1 2 3)

A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure g (ηα ξα φα) is called a pseudo-K-contact

3-structure if

(5) the vector fields ξα are Killing fields with respect to g

A pseudo-K-contact 3-structure is called pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure if

(7) it is normal ie if the following tensors Nηα(middot middot) (α = 1 2 3) vanish

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα (9)

(forall X Y isin TM) Here

Nφα(X Y ) = [φαX φαY ] minus [X Y ] minus φα[φαX Y ] minus φα[X φαY ]

is the usual Nijenhuis tensor of a field of endomorphisms φα

Remark 32 (1) Some historical explanation may be needed When g is a Riemannian

metric (the case q = 0) the above set (g ηα ξα φα) is called a contact metric 3-structure

If in addition each ξα is Killing with respect to g it is called a K-contact 3-structure A

K-contact 3-structure with normality condition is called a Sasakian 3-structure Tanno

had proved that a K-contact 3-structure on 7-dimensional manifold is always a Sasakian

3-structure Later this result was generalized by Jelonek who proved that any pseudo-

Riemannian K-contact 3-structure in the case when it comes from a quaternionic Kahler

metric of positive or negative scalar curvature [11] is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure Re-

cently Kashiwada [13] has shown this result for contact (positive) metric 3-structures

(not necessarily K-contact) It is natural to ask whether this will be true also for any

contact pseudo-Riemannian metric 3-structures

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 2: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 733

senting a quaternionic CR-structure from [2] in which we have introduced an integrable

nondegenerate quaternionic Carnot-Caratheodory (Q C-C) structure B on a (4n + 3)-

manifold M more generally rather than the global case In sect2 we define and study

the basic properties of (para) quaternionic CR-manifolds The real 1-forms ωαα=123

define a codimension 3-subbundle H of TM on which there exists a quaternionic or re-

spectively para-quaternionic structure Jγγ=123 In sect3 we describe relations between

quaternionic CR structure contact pseudo - (Riemannian) metric 3-structure pseudo-K-

contact 3-structures and pseudo-Sasakian 3-structures We associate with a quaternionic

CR structure three (integrable ) CR structures Jα α = 1 2 3 and a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g1 We prove that these objects are consistent and define a pseudo-Sasakian 3-

structure In particular the metric g1 is an Einstein metric More generally we prove

that quaternionic CR structures are equivalent to the pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure As

by-product we get the following result

Theorem 33 A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure is automatically a pseudo-Sasakian

3-structure of type (3 + 4p 4q)

This is a generalization of the results obtained by Tanno [17] Jelonek [11] and Ka-

shiwada [13] The key point is a generalization of the Hitchin Lemma (cf Proposition

25) which implies the integrability of the almost complex structures Jα (α = 1 2 3) on

corresponding codimension 1-contact subbundle

In sect4 we indicate another proof of the result that the natural metric associated

with a (para)-quaternionic CR structure is Einstein (cf Theorem 41) It is based on

the OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas for Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers In sect5 we

assume that the action of 3-dimensional Lie algebra of vector fields associated with a

(para)-quaternionic CR manifold can be integrated to an almost free action of the corre-

sponding Lie group H1 We prove that in the case of proper free action the orbit space

MH1 carries a (para)-quaternionic Kahler geometry We gave some homogeneous exam-

ples of manifolds with (para)-quaternionic CR structure in sect6 In sect7 we show that the

reduction method works smoothly for manifolds with a (para)-quaternionic CR structure

and allows us to construct non homogeneous (para)-quaternionic CR manifolds starting

from (para)-quaternionic CR manifolds with a proper group of symmetries In sect8 we

consider ε-hyperKahler manifolds

We fix some notations and give a unified descriptions of two algebras of quaternions

We denote by Hε the associative 4-dimensional algebra over R with the standard basis

1 i1 = i i2 = j i3 = k and multiplication

i2 = minus1 j2 = k2 = ε jk = minuskj = minusεi

where ε = plusmn1

Then i j k anti-commute and ij = k ki = j For ε = minus1 we get the algebra H = Hminus1

of quaternions and for ε = +1 the algebra Hprime = H+1 is the split-quaternions We shall

refer to this last algebra also as algebra of paraquaternions The algebra Hε admits a

multiplicative ldquonormrdquo |x| =radic

(xx) such that |xy| = |x||y| where x = x0 minusx1iminusx2j minusx3k

734 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

is the quaternionic conjugation of x = x0 +x1i+x2j +x3k associated with the Hermitian

scalar product lt x y gt= xy which is positively defined for ε = minus1 and has split signature

(2 2) in the para case when ε = +1 The group H1ε of unit quaternions is isomorphic

to Sp1 for ε = minus1 and SO021 = Sl2(R) for ε = 1 (Here 0 indicates the connected

component of the group) The left multiplication defines an irreducible representation of

H1ε in Hε = R4 and the adjoint action Da x 7rarr axaminus1 = axa gives the 3-dimensional

representation of H1ε in the space ImHε = R

3 of imaginary quaternions Note that the

linear group DH1ε

is the connected group of automorphisms of Hε The Lie algebra h1ε of

H1ε is identified with the space ImHε of imaginary quaternions with respect to the Lie

bracket [x y] = xy minus yx The commutator relations with respect to the standard basis

i j k are

[i j] = 2k [j k] = minus2εi [k i] = 2j

Let π M rarr B is a principal bundle with the structure group H1ε = Sp1 or Sl2(R) A

connection in π is defined by a horizontal h1ε-valued 1-form ω on M which is an extension

of the natural vertical parallelism ienatural identification of vertical spaces T vx M with

h1ε With respect to the standard basis i j k of h1

ε the form ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k splits

into a triple (ω1 ω2 ω3) of scalar forms Similarly the curvature form ρ = dω + [ω and ω]

splits into a triple of scalar 2-forms (ρ1 ρ2 ρ3) where

ρ1 = dω1 minus 2εω2 and ω3 ρ2 = dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1 ρ3 = dω3 + 2ω1 and ω2

Assume that the curvature forms ρα α = 1 2 3 are non-degenerate on the horizontal

distribution H = Ker ω Then we can construct three fields Jα of endomorphisms of H

setting

J1 = minusε(ρ3|H)minus1 ρ2|H J2 = (ρ1|H)minus1 ρ3|H J3 = (ρ2|H)minus1 ρ1|H

We are interested in the case when these three endomorphisms Jα define a representation

of the quaternion algebra Hε that is they anti-commute and satisfy the quaternionic

relations

J21 = minusεJ2

2 = minusεJ23 = minus1 J2J3 = minusεJ1

We will show that a connection ω which satisfies these algebraic conditions for the cu-

rvature ρ is closely related with contact metric 3-structure (in particular Sasakian 3

structures) and determines Einstein metrics In the next section we give a more gene-

ral definition of such structure in terms of three 1-forms ωα which satisfy the structure

equations

2 Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure definition

and the main properties

Let ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) be a triple of scalar 1-forms on a (4n + 3)-dimensional manifold

M which are linearly independent ie ω1 and ω2 and ω3 6= 0 We associate with ω a triple

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 735

ρ = (ρ1 ρ2 ρ3) where

ρ1 = dω1 minus 2εω2 and ω3 ρ2 = dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1 ρ3 = dω3 + 2ω1 and ω2

and ε = +1 or minus1

Definition 21 A triple of linearly independent 1-forms ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is called a ε-

quaternionic CR structure (ε = +1 or minus1) if the associated 2-forms ρα α = 1 2 3 satisfy

the following conditions

(1) They are non degenerate on the codimension three distribution H = Ker ω1capKerω2cap

Ker ω3 and have the same 3-dimensional kernel V

(2) The three fields of endomorphisms Jα of the distribution H defined by

J1 = minusε(ρ3|H)minus1 ρ2|H J2 = (ρ1|H)minus1 ρ3|H J3 = (ρ2|H)minus1 ρ1|H

anti-commute and satisfy the ε-quaternionic relations

J21 = minusεJ2

2 = minusεJ23 = minus1 J2J3 = minusεJ1

For ε = minus1 the ε-quaternionic CR structure is called also a quaternionic CR struc-

ture and ε = +1 quaternionic CR structure is called also para-quaternionic CR struc-

ture The manifold M with an ε-quaternionic CR structure is called ε-quaternionic

CR manifold

We will see that there exists a big similarity between quaternionic and para-quaternionic

CR manifolds

The distribution H is called the horizontal distribution and V the vertical distribution

of ε-quaternionic CR manifold It follows from the definition that TM = V oplus H Using

this direct sum decomposition of the tangent bundle we define an one-parameter family

of pseudo-Riemannian metrics gt t isin R+ on a ε-quaternionic CR manifold M by

gt = gtV + gH (1)

where

gtV = t(ω1 otimes ω1 minus εω2 otimes ω2 minus εω3 otimes ω3)

= tsum

εαωα otimes ωα

(2)

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

and ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε Note that 1-forms ωα|x α = 1 2 3 at a point x isin M form

a basis of the dual space V lowastx sub T lowast

x M We denote by ξα|x the dual basis of Vx Then

ξα α = 1 2 3 are vertical vector fields such that ωβ(ξα) = δαβ We have

gt ξ1 = tω1 gt ξβ = minustεωβ for β = 2 3 (3)

We will denote by LX the Lie derivative with respect to a vector field X

736 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Lemma 22 (1) The vector fields ξα preserve the decomposition TM = V oplusH and span

a 3-dimensional Lie algebra hε of Killing fields of the metric gt for t gt 0 which is

isomorphic to sp(1 R) for ε = 1 and sp(1) for ε = minus1 More precisely the following

commutator relations hold

[ξ1 ξ2] = 2ξ3 [ξ2 ξ3] = minus2εξ1 [ξ3 ξ1] = 2ξ2

(2) The vector field ξα preserves the forms ωα and ρα for α = 1 2 3 Moreover the

following relations hold

Lξ2ω3 = minusLξ3ω2 = ω1 Lξ3ω1 = εLξ1ω3 = minusεω2 Lξ1ω2 = εLξ2ω1 = ω3

and similar relations for ρα

Proof Using the formula LX = dιX + ιXd for the Lie derivative we have for any hori-

zontal vector field h isin Γ(H) and a vector field ξ isin ξ1 ξ2 ξ3

(Lξωα)(h) = ((dιξ + ιξd)ωα)(h)

= dωα(ξ h) = (ρα minus 2δαωβ and ωγ)(ξ h) = 0

(δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Here (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of (1 2 3) This shows that

ξα preserves the horizontal distribution H Now we prove that ξα preserves the vertical

distribution V Using the fact that ξα preserves the horizontal distribution we get for any

h isin Γ(H)

ρα([ξβ ξγ] h) = dωα([ξβ ξγ] h) + 2δαωβ and ωγ([ξβ ξγ] h)

= minus1

2ωα([[ξβ ξγ] h])

=1

2(ωα([[ξγ v] ξβ]) + ωα([[ξβ h] ξγ])) (by Jacobi identity)

= 0

This shows that [ξα ξβ] is a linear combination of ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 To determine the coefficients

we calculate for ε = minus1

0 = ρα(ξβ ξγ) = dωα(ξβ ξγ) + 2ωβ and ωγ(ξβ ξγ)

=1

2(minusωα([ξβ ξγ]) + 2)

that is ωα([ξβ ξγ]) = 2 Similarly we can check that ωα([ξα ξβ]) = 0 This proves the

relations of [ξα ξβ] = 2δγξγ The relations of (2) follow now immediately Since ξα

preserves V and ωα it preserves also the vertical part gVt of the metric gt due to the

equation (3) One can easily check that ξα preserves the field Jα considered as a field

of endomorphisms of TM which is zero on V This implies that ξα preserves also the

horizontal part gH = plusmnρα Jα of the metric gt

Using the Koszul formulas for the covariant derivative nablat of the metric gt we get

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 737

Corollary 23 (1) nablatξα

ξβ = minusnablatξα

ξβ = 12[ξα ξβ] for α β isin 1 2 3 that is

nablatξα

ξα = 0 nablatξ1

ξ2 = ξ3 nablatξ2

ξ3 = minusεξ1 nablatξ3

ξ1 = ξ2

(2)

nablatξ1

ω2 = ω3 nablatξ2

ω3 = minusεω1 nablatξ3

ω1 = ω2

(3)

nablatξα

ρα = 0

nablatξ1

ρ2 = minusnablatξ2

ρ1 = ρ3 nablatξ2

ρ3 = minusnablatξ3

ρ2 = minusερ1 nablatξ3

ρ1 = minusnablatξ1

ρ3 = ρ2

Proof (1) follows from the Koszul formulas (2) follows from (1) since gtξα = minusεδαtωα

and nablat preserves gt (δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Now we calculate for example nablatξ1

ρ2 as

follows

nablatξ1

ρ2 = nablatξ1

(dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1) = dω3 + 2nablaξ1ω3 and ω1 = dω3 minus 2ω2 and ω1 = ρ3

The proof of other identities is similar

Now we extend endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 of the horizontal distribution H to

endomorphisms Jα of the all tangent bundle by the following conditions

Jαξα = 0 Jα|H = Jα

J1ξ2 = minusεξ3 J1ξ3 = εξ2

J2ξ3 = ξ1 J2ξ1 = εξ3

J3ξ1 = ξ2 J3ξ2 = εξ1

(4)

Note that the endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 at a point x constitute the standard basis

of the Lie algebra h1ε sub End(TxM) Using Lemma 22 and Corollary 23 we can prove

Lemma 24 The vector filed ξα preserves the field of endomorphism Jα for α = 1 2 3

and the Lie derivatives of Jα with respect to ξβ are given by

Lξ1 J2 = minusLξ2 J1 = minusεJ3 Lξ2J3 = εLξ3J2 = minusJ1 Lξ3 J1 = εLξ1J3 = J2

The following proposition shows that the restriction of the field of endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 to the (non-holonomic) codimension one distribution Tα = Kerωα are

integrable This means that the Nijenhuis tensor N(Jα Jα)Tα= 0 or equivalently the

eigendistributions Tplusmnα of Jα|Tα

are involutive We remark that J1 J2 J3 are gt-skew sym-

metric anticommuting endomorphisms with one-dimensional kernel Tperpα Moreover in the

case ε = minus1 Jα|Tαis a complex structure in Tα and in the case ε = 1 J1|T1

is a complex

structure and J2|T2and J3|T3

are involutive endomorphisms (iehas square +1)

Proposition 25 Let (M ω1 ω2 ω3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the above

defined field of endomorphisms J1|T1 J2|T2

J3|T3are integrable

738 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Proof First of all note the following formula (cf [15])

LX(ιY dωα) = ι(LXY )dωα + ιY LXdωα

= ι[XY ]dωα + ιY LXdωα (forallX Y isin TM)(5)

Secondly we remark that if X isin H then

ιXdω2 = minusειJ1Xdω3

ιXdω3 = ιJ2Xdω1

ιXdω1 = ιJ3Xdω2

(6)

Then the proof is based on the following Lemma which is a generalization of Lemma by

Hitchin

Lemma 26 (i) Let T1 otimes C = T+1 + Tminus

1 be the eigenspace decomposition of the com-

plexified distribution T1 otimes C = Kerω1 otimes C with respect to the endomorphism J1 with

eigenvalues +i minusi Then

ι[XY ]dω2 = minusεiι[XY ]dω3 forallX Y isin T+1

(ii) For ε = 1 let Tα = T+α + Tminus

α be the eigenspace decomposition of Tα α = 2 3 with

respect to the endomorphism Jα with eigenvalues +1 and minus1 Then

ι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω1 forallX Y isin T+2

ι[XY ]dω2 = ι[XY ]dω1 forall X Y isin T+3

Proof We prove (i) Let X isin T+1 such that J1X = iX Then

LXdω2 = (dιX + ιXd)dω2 = d(ιXdω2)

= minusεd(ιJ1Xdω3) (by (6))

= minusεi(dιX)dω3

= minusεi(LX minus ιXd)dω3 = minusεiLXdω3

(7)

Applying Y isin T+1 to the equation (5) we get

LX(ιY dω2) = LX(minusειJ1Y dω3) = minusεiLX(ιY dω3)

= minusεi(ι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω3) ((5))

= minusεiι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω2 ((7))

(8)

Since LX(ιY dω2) = ι[XY ]dω2 + ιY LXdω2 by (5) comparing this with (8) we obtain

minusεiι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω2

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 739

3 Quaternionic CR structure and contact pseudo-metric

3-structure

We will show here that the quaternionic CR structure (that is (ε = minus1)-quaternionic

CR structure) is equivalent to the contact (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure and

moreover any (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure is in fact Sasakian 3-structure

The last statement is a generalization of results obtained by Tanno [17] [18] Jelonek

[11] and Kashiwada [13] We recall the classical definitions of contact metric 3-structure

normal contact metric structure and 3-Sasakian structure

Definition 31 (Tanno [17][18] Blair [5])A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure

g (ηα ξα φα) α = 1 2 3 on a (4n + 3)-manifold M consists of a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g of signature (3 + 4p 4q) p + q = n contact forms ηα the dual vector fields

ξα = gminus1(ηα) and endomorphisms φα which satisfy the following conditions

(1) g(ξα ξβ) = δαβ

(2) φ2α(X) = minusX + ηα(X)ξα φα(ξα) = 0 dηα(X Y ) = g(X φαY )

(3) g(φαX φαY ) = g(X Y ) minus ηα(X)ηα(Y )

(4) φα = φβφγ minus ξβ otimes ηγ = minusφγφβ + ξγ otimes ηβ where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of

(1 2 3)

A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure g (ηα ξα φα) is called a pseudo-K-contact

3-structure if

(5) the vector fields ξα are Killing fields with respect to g

A pseudo-K-contact 3-structure is called pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure if

(7) it is normal ie if the following tensors Nηα(middot middot) (α = 1 2 3) vanish

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα (9)

(forall X Y isin TM) Here

Nφα(X Y ) = [φαX φαY ] minus [X Y ] minus φα[φαX Y ] minus φα[X φαY ]

is the usual Nijenhuis tensor of a field of endomorphisms φα

Remark 32 (1) Some historical explanation may be needed When g is a Riemannian

metric (the case q = 0) the above set (g ηα ξα φα) is called a contact metric 3-structure

If in addition each ξα is Killing with respect to g it is called a K-contact 3-structure A

K-contact 3-structure with normality condition is called a Sasakian 3-structure Tanno

had proved that a K-contact 3-structure on 7-dimensional manifold is always a Sasakian

3-structure Later this result was generalized by Jelonek who proved that any pseudo-

Riemannian K-contact 3-structure in the case when it comes from a quaternionic Kahler

metric of positive or negative scalar curvature [11] is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure Re-

cently Kashiwada [13] has shown this result for contact (positive) metric 3-structures

(not necessarily K-contact) It is natural to ask whether this will be true also for any

contact pseudo-Riemannian metric 3-structures

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 3: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

734 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

is the quaternionic conjugation of x = x0 +x1i+x2j +x3k associated with the Hermitian

scalar product lt x y gt= xy which is positively defined for ε = minus1 and has split signature

(2 2) in the para case when ε = +1 The group H1ε of unit quaternions is isomorphic

to Sp1 for ε = minus1 and SO021 = Sl2(R) for ε = 1 (Here 0 indicates the connected

component of the group) The left multiplication defines an irreducible representation of

H1ε in Hε = R4 and the adjoint action Da x 7rarr axaminus1 = axa gives the 3-dimensional

representation of H1ε in the space ImHε = R

3 of imaginary quaternions Note that the

linear group DH1ε

is the connected group of automorphisms of Hε The Lie algebra h1ε of

H1ε is identified with the space ImHε of imaginary quaternions with respect to the Lie

bracket [x y] = xy minus yx The commutator relations with respect to the standard basis

i j k are

[i j] = 2k [j k] = minus2εi [k i] = 2j

Let π M rarr B is a principal bundle with the structure group H1ε = Sp1 or Sl2(R) A

connection in π is defined by a horizontal h1ε-valued 1-form ω on M which is an extension

of the natural vertical parallelism ienatural identification of vertical spaces T vx M with

h1ε With respect to the standard basis i j k of h1

ε the form ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k splits

into a triple (ω1 ω2 ω3) of scalar forms Similarly the curvature form ρ = dω + [ω and ω]

splits into a triple of scalar 2-forms (ρ1 ρ2 ρ3) where

ρ1 = dω1 minus 2εω2 and ω3 ρ2 = dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1 ρ3 = dω3 + 2ω1 and ω2

Assume that the curvature forms ρα α = 1 2 3 are non-degenerate on the horizontal

distribution H = Ker ω Then we can construct three fields Jα of endomorphisms of H

setting

J1 = minusε(ρ3|H)minus1 ρ2|H J2 = (ρ1|H)minus1 ρ3|H J3 = (ρ2|H)minus1 ρ1|H

We are interested in the case when these three endomorphisms Jα define a representation

of the quaternion algebra Hε that is they anti-commute and satisfy the quaternionic

relations

J21 = minusεJ2

2 = minusεJ23 = minus1 J2J3 = minusεJ1

We will show that a connection ω which satisfies these algebraic conditions for the cu-

rvature ρ is closely related with contact metric 3-structure (in particular Sasakian 3

structures) and determines Einstein metrics In the next section we give a more gene-

ral definition of such structure in terms of three 1-forms ωα which satisfy the structure

equations

2 Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure definition

and the main properties

Let ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) be a triple of scalar 1-forms on a (4n + 3)-dimensional manifold

M which are linearly independent ie ω1 and ω2 and ω3 6= 0 We associate with ω a triple

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 735

ρ = (ρ1 ρ2 ρ3) where

ρ1 = dω1 minus 2εω2 and ω3 ρ2 = dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1 ρ3 = dω3 + 2ω1 and ω2

and ε = +1 or minus1

Definition 21 A triple of linearly independent 1-forms ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is called a ε-

quaternionic CR structure (ε = +1 or minus1) if the associated 2-forms ρα α = 1 2 3 satisfy

the following conditions

(1) They are non degenerate on the codimension three distribution H = Ker ω1capKerω2cap

Ker ω3 and have the same 3-dimensional kernel V

(2) The three fields of endomorphisms Jα of the distribution H defined by

J1 = minusε(ρ3|H)minus1 ρ2|H J2 = (ρ1|H)minus1 ρ3|H J3 = (ρ2|H)minus1 ρ1|H

anti-commute and satisfy the ε-quaternionic relations

J21 = minusεJ2

2 = minusεJ23 = minus1 J2J3 = minusεJ1

For ε = minus1 the ε-quaternionic CR structure is called also a quaternionic CR struc-

ture and ε = +1 quaternionic CR structure is called also para-quaternionic CR struc-

ture The manifold M with an ε-quaternionic CR structure is called ε-quaternionic

CR manifold

We will see that there exists a big similarity between quaternionic and para-quaternionic

CR manifolds

The distribution H is called the horizontal distribution and V the vertical distribution

of ε-quaternionic CR manifold It follows from the definition that TM = V oplus H Using

this direct sum decomposition of the tangent bundle we define an one-parameter family

of pseudo-Riemannian metrics gt t isin R+ on a ε-quaternionic CR manifold M by

gt = gtV + gH (1)

where

gtV = t(ω1 otimes ω1 minus εω2 otimes ω2 minus εω3 otimes ω3)

= tsum

εαωα otimes ωα

(2)

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

and ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε Note that 1-forms ωα|x α = 1 2 3 at a point x isin M form

a basis of the dual space V lowastx sub T lowast

x M We denote by ξα|x the dual basis of Vx Then

ξα α = 1 2 3 are vertical vector fields such that ωβ(ξα) = δαβ We have

gt ξ1 = tω1 gt ξβ = minustεωβ for β = 2 3 (3)

We will denote by LX the Lie derivative with respect to a vector field X

736 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Lemma 22 (1) The vector fields ξα preserve the decomposition TM = V oplusH and span

a 3-dimensional Lie algebra hε of Killing fields of the metric gt for t gt 0 which is

isomorphic to sp(1 R) for ε = 1 and sp(1) for ε = minus1 More precisely the following

commutator relations hold

[ξ1 ξ2] = 2ξ3 [ξ2 ξ3] = minus2εξ1 [ξ3 ξ1] = 2ξ2

(2) The vector field ξα preserves the forms ωα and ρα for α = 1 2 3 Moreover the

following relations hold

Lξ2ω3 = minusLξ3ω2 = ω1 Lξ3ω1 = εLξ1ω3 = minusεω2 Lξ1ω2 = εLξ2ω1 = ω3

and similar relations for ρα

Proof Using the formula LX = dιX + ιXd for the Lie derivative we have for any hori-

zontal vector field h isin Γ(H) and a vector field ξ isin ξ1 ξ2 ξ3

(Lξωα)(h) = ((dιξ + ιξd)ωα)(h)

= dωα(ξ h) = (ρα minus 2δαωβ and ωγ)(ξ h) = 0

(δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Here (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of (1 2 3) This shows that

ξα preserves the horizontal distribution H Now we prove that ξα preserves the vertical

distribution V Using the fact that ξα preserves the horizontal distribution we get for any

h isin Γ(H)

ρα([ξβ ξγ] h) = dωα([ξβ ξγ] h) + 2δαωβ and ωγ([ξβ ξγ] h)

= minus1

2ωα([[ξβ ξγ] h])

=1

2(ωα([[ξγ v] ξβ]) + ωα([[ξβ h] ξγ])) (by Jacobi identity)

= 0

This shows that [ξα ξβ] is a linear combination of ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 To determine the coefficients

we calculate for ε = minus1

0 = ρα(ξβ ξγ) = dωα(ξβ ξγ) + 2ωβ and ωγ(ξβ ξγ)

=1

2(minusωα([ξβ ξγ]) + 2)

that is ωα([ξβ ξγ]) = 2 Similarly we can check that ωα([ξα ξβ]) = 0 This proves the

relations of [ξα ξβ] = 2δγξγ The relations of (2) follow now immediately Since ξα

preserves V and ωα it preserves also the vertical part gVt of the metric gt due to the

equation (3) One can easily check that ξα preserves the field Jα considered as a field

of endomorphisms of TM which is zero on V This implies that ξα preserves also the

horizontal part gH = plusmnρα Jα of the metric gt

Using the Koszul formulas for the covariant derivative nablat of the metric gt we get

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 737

Corollary 23 (1) nablatξα

ξβ = minusnablatξα

ξβ = 12[ξα ξβ] for α β isin 1 2 3 that is

nablatξα

ξα = 0 nablatξ1

ξ2 = ξ3 nablatξ2

ξ3 = minusεξ1 nablatξ3

ξ1 = ξ2

(2)

nablatξ1

ω2 = ω3 nablatξ2

ω3 = minusεω1 nablatξ3

ω1 = ω2

(3)

nablatξα

ρα = 0

nablatξ1

ρ2 = minusnablatξ2

ρ1 = ρ3 nablatξ2

ρ3 = minusnablatξ3

ρ2 = minusερ1 nablatξ3

ρ1 = minusnablatξ1

ρ3 = ρ2

Proof (1) follows from the Koszul formulas (2) follows from (1) since gtξα = minusεδαtωα

and nablat preserves gt (δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Now we calculate for example nablatξ1

ρ2 as

follows

nablatξ1

ρ2 = nablatξ1

(dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1) = dω3 + 2nablaξ1ω3 and ω1 = dω3 minus 2ω2 and ω1 = ρ3

The proof of other identities is similar

Now we extend endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 of the horizontal distribution H to

endomorphisms Jα of the all tangent bundle by the following conditions

Jαξα = 0 Jα|H = Jα

J1ξ2 = minusεξ3 J1ξ3 = εξ2

J2ξ3 = ξ1 J2ξ1 = εξ3

J3ξ1 = ξ2 J3ξ2 = εξ1

(4)

Note that the endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 at a point x constitute the standard basis

of the Lie algebra h1ε sub End(TxM) Using Lemma 22 and Corollary 23 we can prove

Lemma 24 The vector filed ξα preserves the field of endomorphism Jα for α = 1 2 3

and the Lie derivatives of Jα with respect to ξβ are given by

Lξ1 J2 = minusLξ2 J1 = minusεJ3 Lξ2J3 = εLξ3J2 = minusJ1 Lξ3 J1 = εLξ1J3 = J2

The following proposition shows that the restriction of the field of endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 to the (non-holonomic) codimension one distribution Tα = Kerωα are

integrable This means that the Nijenhuis tensor N(Jα Jα)Tα= 0 or equivalently the

eigendistributions Tplusmnα of Jα|Tα

are involutive We remark that J1 J2 J3 are gt-skew sym-

metric anticommuting endomorphisms with one-dimensional kernel Tperpα Moreover in the

case ε = minus1 Jα|Tαis a complex structure in Tα and in the case ε = 1 J1|T1

is a complex

structure and J2|T2and J3|T3

are involutive endomorphisms (iehas square +1)

Proposition 25 Let (M ω1 ω2 ω3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the above

defined field of endomorphisms J1|T1 J2|T2

J3|T3are integrable

738 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Proof First of all note the following formula (cf [15])

LX(ιY dωα) = ι(LXY )dωα + ιY LXdωα

= ι[XY ]dωα + ιY LXdωα (forallX Y isin TM)(5)

Secondly we remark that if X isin H then

ιXdω2 = minusειJ1Xdω3

ιXdω3 = ιJ2Xdω1

ιXdω1 = ιJ3Xdω2

(6)

Then the proof is based on the following Lemma which is a generalization of Lemma by

Hitchin

Lemma 26 (i) Let T1 otimes C = T+1 + Tminus

1 be the eigenspace decomposition of the com-

plexified distribution T1 otimes C = Kerω1 otimes C with respect to the endomorphism J1 with

eigenvalues +i minusi Then

ι[XY ]dω2 = minusεiι[XY ]dω3 forallX Y isin T+1

(ii) For ε = 1 let Tα = T+α + Tminus

α be the eigenspace decomposition of Tα α = 2 3 with

respect to the endomorphism Jα with eigenvalues +1 and minus1 Then

ι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω1 forallX Y isin T+2

ι[XY ]dω2 = ι[XY ]dω1 forall X Y isin T+3

Proof We prove (i) Let X isin T+1 such that J1X = iX Then

LXdω2 = (dιX + ιXd)dω2 = d(ιXdω2)

= minusεd(ιJ1Xdω3) (by (6))

= minusεi(dιX)dω3

= minusεi(LX minus ιXd)dω3 = minusεiLXdω3

(7)

Applying Y isin T+1 to the equation (5) we get

LX(ιY dω2) = LX(minusειJ1Y dω3) = minusεiLX(ιY dω3)

= minusεi(ι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω3) ((5))

= minusεiι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω2 ((7))

(8)

Since LX(ιY dω2) = ι[XY ]dω2 + ιY LXdω2 by (5) comparing this with (8) we obtain

minusεiι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω2

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 739

3 Quaternionic CR structure and contact pseudo-metric

3-structure

We will show here that the quaternionic CR structure (that is (ε = minus1)-quaternionic

CR structure) is equivalent to the contact (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure and

moreover any (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure is in fact Sasakian 3-structure

The last statement is a generalization of results obtained by Tanno [17] [18] Jelonek

[11] and Kashiwada [13] We recall the classical definitions of contact metric 3-structure

normal contact metric structure and 3-Sasakian structure

Definition 31 (Tanno [17][18] Blair [5])A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure

g (ηα ξα φα) α = 1 2 3 on a (4n + 3)-manifold M consists of a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g of signature (3 + 4p 4q) p + q = n contact forms ηα the dual vector fields

ξα = gminus1(ηα) and endomorphisms φα which satisfy the following conditions

(1) g(ξα ξβ) = δαβ

(2) φ2α(X) = minusX + ηα(X)ξα φα(ξα) = 0 dηα(X Y ) = g(X φαY )

(3) g(φαX φαY ) = g(X Y ) minus ηα(X)ηα(Y )

(4) φα = φβφγ minus ξβ otimes ηγ = minusφγφβ + ξγ otimes ηβ where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of

(1 2 3)

A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure g (ηα ξα φα) is called a pseudo-K-contact

3-structure if

(5) the vector fields ξα are Killing fields with respect to g

A pseudo-K-contact 3-structure is called pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure if

(7) it is normal ie if the following tensors Nηα(middot middot) (α = 1 2 3) vanish

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα (9)

(forall X Y isin TM) Here

Nφα(X Y ) = [φαX φαY ] minus [X Y ] minus φα[φαX Y ] minus φα[X φαY ]

is the usual Nijenhuis tensor of a field of endomorphisms φα

Remark 32 (1) Some historical explanation may be needed When g is a Riemannian

metric (the case q = 0) the above set (g ηα ξα φα) is called a contact metric 3-structure

If in addition each ξα is Killing with respect to g it is called a K-contact 3-structure A

K-contact 3-structure with normality condition is called a Sasakian 3-structure Tanno

had proved that a K-contact 3-structure on 7-dimensional manifold is always a Sasakian

3-structure Later this result was generalized by Jelonek who proved that any pseudo-

Riemannian K-contact 3-structure in the case when it comes from a quaternionic Kahler

metric of positive or negative scalar curvature [11] is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure Re-

cently Kashiwada [13] has shown this result for contact (positive) metric 3-structures

(not necessarily K-contact) It is natural to ask whether this will be true also for any

contact pseudo-Riemannian metric 3-structures

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 4: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 735

ρ = (ρ1 ρ2 ρ3) where

ρ1 = dω1 minus 2εω2 and ω3 ρ2 = dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1 ρ3 = dω3 + 2ω1 and ω2

and ε = +1 or minus1

Definition 21 A triple of linearly independent 1-forms ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is called a ε-

quaternionic CR structure (ε = +1 or minus1) if the associated 2-forms ρα α = 1 2 3 satisfy

the following conditions

(1) They are non degenerate on the codimension three distribution H = Ker ω1capKerω2cap

Ker ω3 and have the same 3-dimensional kernel V

(2) The three fields of endomorphisms Jα of the distribution H defined by

J1 = minusε(ρ3|H)minus1 ρ2|H J2 = (ρ1|H)minus1 ρ3|H J3 = (ρ2|H)minus1 ρ1|H

anti-commute and satisfy the ε-quaternionic relations

J21 = minusεJ2

2 = minusεJ23 = minus1 J2J3 = minusεJ1

For ε = minus1 the ε-quaternionic CR structure is called also a quaternionic CR struc-

ture and ε = +1 quaternionic CR structure is called also para-quaternionic CR struc-

ture The manifold M with an ε-quaternionic CR structure is called ε-quaternionic

CR manifold

We will see that there exists a big similarity between quaternionic and para-quaternionic

CR manifolds

The distribution H is called the horizontal distribution and V the vertical distribution

of ε-quaternionic CR manifold It follows from the definition that TM = V oplus H Using

this direct sum decomposition of the tangent bundle we define an one-parameter family

of pseudo-Riemannian metrics gt t isin R+ on a ε-quaternionic CR manifold M by

gt = gtV + gH (1)

where

gtV = t(ω1 otimes ω1 minus εω2 otimes ω2 minus εω3 otimes ω3)

= tsum

εαωα otimes ωα

(2)

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

and ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε Note that 1-forms ωα|x α = 1 2 3 at a point x isin M form

a basis of the dual space V lowastx sub T lowast

x M We denote by ξα|x the dual basis of Vx Then

ξα α = 1 2 3 are vertical vector fields such that ωβ(ξα) = δαβ We have

gt ξ1 = tω1 gt ξβ = minustεωβ for β = 2 3 (3)

We will denote by LX the Lie derivative with respect to a vector field X

736 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Lemma 22 (1) The vector fields ξα preserve the decomposition TM = V oplusH and span

a 3-dimensional Lie algebra hε of Killing fields of the metric gt for t gt 0 which is

isomorphic to sp(1 R) for ε = 1 and sp(1) for ε = minus1 More precisely the following

commutator relations hold

[ξ1 ξ2] = 2ξ3 [ξ2 ξ3] = minus2εξ1 [ξ3 ξ1] = 2ξ2

(2) The vector field ξα preserves the forms ωα and ρα for α = 1 2 3 Moreover the

following relations hold

Lξ2ω3 = minusLξ3ω2 = ω1 Lξ3ω1 = εLξ1ω3 = minusεω2 Lξ1ω2 = εLξ2ω1 = ω3

and similar relations for ρα

Proof Using the formula LX = dιX + ιXd for the Lie derivative we have for any hori-

zontal vector field h isin Γ(H) and a vector field ξ isin ξ1 ξ2 ξ3

(Lξωα)(h) = ((dιξ + ιξd)ωα)(h)

= dωα(ξ h) = (ρα minus 2δαωβ and ωγ)(ξ h) = 0

(δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Here (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of (1 2 3) This shows that

ξα preserves the horizontal distribution H Now we prove that ξα preserves the vertical

distribution V Using the fact that ξα preserves the horizontal distribution we get for any

h isin Γ(H)

ρα([ξβ ξγ] h) = dωα([ξβ ξγ] h) + 2δαωβ and ωγ([ξβ ξγ] h)

= minus1

2ωα([[ξβ ξγ] h])

=1

2(ωα([[ξγ v] ξβ]) + ωα([[ξβ h] ξγ])) (by Jacobi identity)

= 0

This shows that [ξα ξβ] is a linear combination of ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 To determine the coefficients

we calculate for ε = minus1

0 = ρα(ξβ ξγ) = dωα(ξβ ξγ) + 2ωβ and ωγ(ξβ ξγ)

=1

2(minusωα([ξβ ξγ]) + 2)

that is ωα([ξβ ξγ]) = 2 Similarly we can check that ωα([ξα ξβ]) = 0 This proves the

relations of [ξα ξβ] = 2δγξγ The relations of (2) follow now immediately Since ξα

preserves V and ωα it preserves also the vertical part gVt of the metric gt due to the

equation (3) One can easily check that ξα preserves the field Jα considered as a field

of endomorphisms of TM which is zero on V This implies that ξα preserves also the

horizontal part gH = plusmnρα Jα of the metric gt

Using the Koszul formulas for the covariant derivative nablat of the metric gt we get

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 737

Corollary 23 (1) nablatξα

ξβ = minusnablatξα

ξβ = 12[ξα ξβ] for α β isin 1 2 3 that is

nablatξα

ξα = 0 nablatξ1

ξ2 = ξ3 nablatξ2

ξ3 = minusεξ1 nablatξ3

ξ1 = ξ2

(2)

nablatξ1

ω2 = ω3 nablatξ2

ω3 = minusεω1 nablatξ3

ω1 = ω2

(3)

nablatξα

ρα = 0

nablatξ1

ρ2 = minusnablatξ2

ρ1 = ρ3 nablatξ2

ρ3 = minusnablatξ3

ρ2 = minusερ1 nablatξ3

ρ1 = minusnablatξ1

ρ3 = ρ2

Proof (1) follows from the Koszul formulas (2) follows from (1) since gtξα = minusεδαtωα

and nablat preserves gt (δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Now we calculate for example nablatξ1

ρ2 as

follows

nablatξ1

ρ2 = nablatξ1

(dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1) = dω3 + 2nablaξ1ω3 and ω1 = dω3 minus 2ω2 and ω1 = ρ3

The proof of other identities is similar

Now we extend endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 of the horizontal distribution H to

endomorphisms Jα of the all tangent bundle by the following conditions

Jαξα = 0 Jα|H = Jα

J1ξ2 = minusεξ3 J1ξ3 = εξ2

J2ξ3 = ξ1 J2ξ1 = εξ3

J3ξ1 = ξ2 J3ξ2 = εξ1

(4)

Note that the endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 at a point x constitute the standard basis

of the Lie algebra h1ε sub End(TxM) Using Lemma 22 and Corollary 23 we can prove

Lemma 24 The vector filed ξα preserves the field of endomorphism Jα for α = 1 2 3

and the Lie derivatives of Jα with respect to ξβ are given by

Lξ1 J2 = minusLξ2 J1 = minusεJ3 Lξ2J3 = εLξ3J2 = minusJ1 Lξ3 J1 = εLξ1J3 = J2

The following proposition shows that the restriction of the field of endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 to the (non-holonomic) codimension one distribution Tα = Kerωα are

integrable This means that the Nijenhuis tensor N(Jα Jα)Tα= 0 or equivalently the

eigendistributions Tplusmnα of Jα|Tα

are involutive We remark that J1 J2 J3 are gt-skew sym-

metric anticommuting endomorphisms with one-dimensional kernel Tperpα Moreover in the

case ε = minus1 Jα|Tαis a complex structure in Tα and in the case ε = 1 J1|T1

is a complex

structure and J2|T2and J3|T3

are involutive endomorphisms (iehas square +1)

Proposition 25 Let (M ω1 ω2 ω3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the above

defined field of endomorphisms J1|T1 J2|T2

J3|T3are integrable

738 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Proof First of all note the following formula (cf [15])

LX(ιY dωα) = ι(LXY )dωα + ιY LXdωα

= ι[XY ]dωα + ιY LXdωα (forallX Y isin TM)(5)

Secondly we remark that if X isin H then

ιXdω2 = minusειJ1Xdω3

ιXdω3 = ιJ2Xdω1

ιXdω1 = ιJ3Xdω2

(6)

Then the proof is based on the following Lemma which is a generalization of Lemma by

Hitchin

Lemma 26 (i) Let T1 otimes C = T+1 + Tminus

1 be the eigenspace decomposition of the com-

plexified distribution T1 otimes C = Kerω1 otimes C with respect to the endomorphism J1 with

eigenvalues +i minusi Then

ι[XY ]dω2 = minusεiι[XY ]dω3 forallX Y isin T+1

(ii) For ε = 1 let Tα = T+α + Tminus

α be the eigenspace decomposition of Tα α = 2 3 with

respect to the endomorphism Jα with eigenvalues +1 and minus1 Then

ι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω1 forallX Y isin T+2

ι[XY ]dω2 = ι[XY ]dω1 forall X Y isin T+3

Proof We prove (i) Let X isin T+1 such that J1X = iX Then

LXdω2 = (dιX + ιXd)dω2 = d(ιXdω2)

= minusεd(ιJ1Xdω3) (by (6))

= minusεi(dιX)dω3

= minusεi(LX minus ιXd)dω3 = minusεiLXdω3

(7)

Applying Y isin T+1 to the equation (5) we get

LX(ιY dω2) = LX(minusειJ1Y dω3) = minusεiLX(ιY dω3)

= minusεi(ι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω3) ((5))

= minusεiι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω2 ((7))

(8)

Since LX(ιY dω2) = ι[XY ]dω2 + ιY LXdω2 by (5) comparing this with (8) we obtain

minusεiι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω2

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 739

3 Quaternionic CR structure and contact pseudo-metric

3-structure

We will show here that the quaternionic CR structure (that is (ε = minus1)-quaternionic

CR structure) is equivalent to the contact (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure and

moreover any (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure is in fact Sasakian 3-structure

The last statement is a generalization of results obtained by Tanno [17] [18] Jelonek

[11] and Kashiwada [13] We recall the classical definitions of contact metric 3-structure

normal contact metric structure and 3-Sasakian structure

Definition 31 (Tanno [17][18] Blair [5])A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure

g (ηα ξα φα) α = 1 2 3 on a (4n + 3)-manifold M consists of a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g of signature (3 + 4p 4q) p + q = n contact forms ηα the dual vector fields

ξα = gminus1(ηα) and endomorphisms φα which satisfy the following conditions

(1) g(ξα ξβ) = δαβ

(2) φ2α(X) = minusX + ηα(X)ξα φα(ξα) = 0 dηα(X Y ) = g(X φαY )

(3) g(φαX φαY ) = g(X Y ) minus ηα(X)ηα(Y )

(4) φα = φβφγ minus ξβ otimes ηγ = minusφγφβ + ξγ otimes ηβ where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of

(1 2 3)

A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure g (ηα ξα φα) is called a pseudo-K-contact

3-structure if

(5) the vector fields ξα are Killing fields with respect to g

A pseudo-K-contact 3-structure is called pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure if

(7) it is normal ie if the following tensors Nηα(middot middot) (α = 1 2 3) vanish

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα (9)

(forall X Y isin TM) Here

Nφα(X Y ) = [φαX φαY ] minus [X Y ] minus φα[φαX Y ] minus φα[X φαY ]

is the usual Nijenhuis tensor of a field of endomorphisms φα

Remark 32 (1) Some historical explanation may be needed When g is a Riemannian

metric (the case q = 0) the above set (g ηα ξα φα) is called a contact metric 3-structure

If in addition each ξα is Killing with respect to g it is called a K-contact 3-structure A

K-contact 3-structure with normality condition is called a Sasakian 3-structure Tanno

had proved that a K-contact 3-structure on 7-dimensional manifold is always a Sasakian

3-structure Later this result was generalized by Jelonek who proved that any pseudo-

Riemannian K-contact 3-structure in the case when it comes from a quaternionic Kahler

metric of positive or negative scalar curvature [11] is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure Re-

cently Kashiwada [13] has shown this result for contact (positive) metric 3-structures

(not necessarily K-contact) It is natural to ask whether this will be true also for any

contact pseudo-Riemannian metric 3-structures

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 5: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

736 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Lemma 22 (1) The vector fields ξα preserve the decomposition TM = V oplusH and span

a 3-dimensional Lie algebra hε of Killing fields of the metric gt for t gt 0 which is

isomorphic to sp(1 R) for ε = 1 and sp(1) for ε = minus1 More precisely the following

commutator relations hold

[ξ1 ξ2] = 2ξ3 [ξ2 ξ3] = minus2εξ1 [ξ3 ξ1] = 2ξ2

(2) The vector field ξα preserves the forms ωα and ρα for α = 1 2 3 Moreover the

following relations hold

Lξ2ω3 = minusLξ3ω2 = ω1 Lξ3ω1 = εLξ1ω3 = minusεω2 Lξ1ω2 = εLξ2ω1 = ω3

and similar relations for ρα

Proof Using the formula LX = dιX + ιXd for the Lie derivative we have for any hori-

zontal vector field h isin Γ(H) and a vector field ξ isin ξ1 ξ2 ξ3

(Lξωα)(h) = ((dιξ + ιξd)ωα)(h)

= dωα(ξ h) = (ρα minus 2δαωβ and ωγ)(ξ h) = 0

(δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Here (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of (1 2 3) This shows that

ξα preserves the horizontal distribution H Now we prove that ξα preserves the vertical

distribution V Using the fact that ξα preserves the horizontal distribution we get for any

h isin Γ(H)

ρα([ξβ ξγ] h) = dωα([ξβ ξγ] h) + 2δαωβ and ωγ([ξβ ξγ] h)

= minus1

2ωα([[ξβ ξγ] h])

=1

2(ωα([[ξγ v] ξβ]) + ωα([[ξβ h] ξγ])) (by Jacobi identity)

= 0

This shows that [ξα ξβ] is a linear combination of ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 To determine the coefficients

we calculate for ε = minus1

0 = ρα(ξβ ξγ) = dωα(ξβ ξγ) + 2ωβ and ωγ(ξβ ξγ)

=1

2(minusωα([ξβ ξγ]) + 2)

that is ωα([ξβ ξγ]) = 2 Similarly we can check that ωα([ξα ξβ]) = 0 This proves the

relations of [ξα ξβ] = 2δγξγ The relations of (2) follow now immediately Since ξα

preserves V and ωα it preserves also the vertical part gVt of the metric gt due to the

equation (3) One can easily check that ξα preserves the field Jα considered as a field

of endomorphisms of TM which is zero on V This implies that ξα preserves also the

horizontal part gH = plusmnρα Jα of the metric gt

Using the Koszul formulas for the covariant derivative nablat of the metric gt we get

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 737

Corollary 23 (1) nablatξα

ξβ = minusnablatξα

ξβ = 12[ξα ξβ] for α β isin 1 2 3 that is

nablatξα

ξα = 0 nablatξ1

ξ2 = ξ3 nablatξ2

ξ3 = minusεξ1 nablatξ3

ξ1 = ξ2

(2)

nablatξ1

ω2 = ω3 nablatξ2

ω3 = minusεω1 nablatξ3

ω1 = ω2

(3)

nablatξα

ρα = 0

nablatξ1

ρ2 = minusnablatξ2

ρ1 = ρ3 nablatξ2

ρ3 = minusnablatξ3

ρ2 = minusερ1 nablatξ3

ρ1 = minusnablatξ1

ρ3 = ρ2

Proof (1) follows from the Koszul formulas (2) follows from (1) since gtξα = minusεδαtωα

and nablat preserves gt (δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Now we calculate for example nablatξ1

ρ2 as

follows

nablatξ1

ρ2 = nablatξ1

(dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1) = dω3 + 2nablaξ1ω3 and ω1 = dω3 minus 2ω2 and ω1 = ρ3

The proof of other identities is similar

Now we extend endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 of the horizontal distribution H to

endomorphisms Jα of the all tangent bundle by the following conditions

Jαξα = 0 Jα|H = Jα

J1ξ2 = minusεξ3 J1ξ3 = εξ2

J2ξ3 = ξ1 J2ξ1 = εξ3

J3ξ1 = ξ2 J3ξ2 = εξ1

(4)

Note that the endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 at a point x constitute the standard basis

of the Lie algebra h1ε sub End(TxM) Using Lemma 22 and Corollary 23 we can prove

Lemma 24 The vector filed ξα preserves the field of endomorphism Jα for α = 1 2 3

and the Lie derivatives of Jα with respect to ξβ are given by

Lξ1 J2 = minusLξ2 J1 = minusεJ3 Lξ2J3 = εLξ3J2 = minusJ1 Lξ3 J1 = εLξ1J3 = J2

The following proposition shows that the restriction of the field of endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 to the (non-holonomic) codimension one distribution Tα = Kerωα are

integrable This means that the Nijenhuis tensor N(Jα Jα)Tα= 0 or equivalently the

eigendistributions Tplusmnα of Jα|Tα

are involutive We remark that J1 J2 J3 are gt-skew sym-

metric anticommuting endomorphisms with one-dimensional kernel Tperpα Moreover in the

case ε = minus1 Jα|Tαis a complex structure in Tα and in the case ε = 1 J1|T1

is a complex

structure and J2|T2and J3|T3

are involutive endomorphisms (iehas square +1)

Proposition 25 Let (M ω1 ω2 ω3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the above

defined field of endomorphisms J1|T1 J2|T2

J3|T3are integrable

738 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Proof First of all note the following formula (cf [15])

LX(ιY dωα) = ι(LXY )dωα + ιY LXdωα

= ι[XY ]dωα + ιY LXdωα (forallX Y isin TM)(5)

Secondly we remark that if X isin H then

ιXdω2 = minusειJ1Xdω3

ιXdω3 = ιJ2Xdω1

ιXdω1 = ιJ3Xdω2

(6)

Then the proof is based on the following Lemma which is a generalization of Lemma by

Hitchin

Lemma 26 (i) Let T1 otimes C = T+1 + Tminus

1 be the eigenspace decomposition of the com-

plexified distribution T1 otimes C = Kerω1 otimes C with respect to the endomorphism J1 with

eigenvalues +i minusi Then

ι[XY ]dω2 = minusεiι[XY ]dω3 forallX Y isin T+1

(ii) For ε = 1 let Tα = T+α + Tminus

α be the eigenspace decomposition of Tα α = 2 3 with

respect to the endomorphism Jα with eigenvalues +1 and minus1 Then

ι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω1 forallX Y isin T+2

ι[XY ]dω2 = ι[XY ]dω1 forall X Y isin T+3

Proof We prove (i) Let X isin T+1 such that J1X = iX Then

LXdω2 = (dιX + ιXd)dω2 = d(ιXdω2)

= minusεd(ιJ1Xdω3) (by (6))

= minusεi(dιX)dω3

= minusεi(LX minus ιXd)dω3 = minusεiLXdω3

(7)

Applying Y isin T+1 to the equation (5) we get

LX(ιY dω2) = LX(minusειJ1Y dω3) = minusεiLX(ιY dω3)

= minusεi(ι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω3) ((5))

= minusεiι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω2 ((7))

(8)

Since LX(ιY dω2) = ι[XY ]dω2 + ιY LXdω2 by (5) comparing this with (8) we obtain

minusεiι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω2

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 739

3 Quaternionic CR structure and contact pseudo-metric

3-structure

We will show here that the quaternionic CR structure (that is (ε = minus1)-quaternionic

CR structure) is equivalent to the contact (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure and

moreover any (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure is in fact Sasakian 3-structure

The last statement is a generalization of results obtained by Tanno [17] [18] Jelonek

[11] and Kashiwada [13] We recall the classical definitions of contact metric 3-structure

normal contact metric structure and 3-Sasakian structure

Definition 31 (Tanno [17][18] Blair [5])A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure

g (ηα ξα φα) α = 1 2 3 on a (4n + 3)-manifold M consists of a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g of signature (3 + 4p 4q) p + q = n contact forms ηα the dual vector fields

ξα = gminus1(ηα) and endomorphisms φα which satisfy the following conditions

(1) g(ξα ξβ) = δαβ

(2) φ2α(X) = minusX + ηα(X)ξα φα(ξα) = 0 dηα(X Y ) = g(X φαY )

(3) g(φαX φαY ) = g(X Y ) minus ηα(X)ηα(Y )

(4) φα = φβφγ minus ξβ otimes ηγ = minusφγφβ + ξγ otimes ηβ where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of

(1 2 3)

A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure g (ηα ξα φα) is called a pseudo-K-contact

3-structure if

(5) the vector fields ξα are Killing fields with respect to g

A pseudo-K-contact 3-structure is called pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure if

(7) it is normal ie if the following tensors Nηα(middot middot) (α = 1 2 3) vanish

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα (9)

(forall X Y isin TM) Here

Nφα(X Y ) = [φαX φαY ] minus [X Y ] minus φα[φαX Y ] minus φα[X φαY ]

is the usual Nijenhuis tensor of a field of endomorphisms φα

Remark 32 (1) Some historical explanation may be needed When g is a Riemannian

metric (the case q = 0) the above set (g ηα ξα φα) is called a contact metric 3-structure

If in addition each ξα is Killing with respect to g it is called a K-contact 3-structure A

K-contact 3-structure with normality condition is called a Sasakian 3-structure Tanno

had proved that a K-contact 3-structure on 7-dimensional manifold is always a Sasakian

3-structure Later this result was generalized by Jelonek who proved that any pseudo-

Riemannian K-contact 3-structure in the case when it comes from a quaternionic Kahler

metric of positive or negative scalar curvature [11] is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure Re-

cently Kashiwada [13] has shown this result for contact (positive) metric 3-structures

(not necessarily K-contact) It is natural to ask whether this will be true also for any

contact pseudo-Riemannian metric 3-structures

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 6: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 737

Corollary 23 (1) nablatξα

ξβ = minusnablatξα

ξβ = 12[ξα ξβ] for α β isin 1 2 3 that is

nablatξα

ξα = 0 nablatξ1

ξ2 = ξ3 nablatξ2

ξ3 = minusεξ1 nablatξ3

ξ1 = ξ2

(2)

nablatξ1

ω2 = ω3 nablatξ2

ω3 = minusεω1 nablatξ3

ω1 = ω2

(3)

nablatξα

ρα = 0

nablatξ1

ρ2 = minusnablatξ2

ρ1 = ρ3 nablatξ2

ρ3 = minusnablatξ3

ρ2 = minusερ1 nablatξ3

ρ1 = minusnablatξ1

ρ3 = ρ2

Proof (1) follows from the Koszul formulas (2) follows from (1) since gtξα = minusεδαtωα

and nablat preserves gt (δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1) Now we calculate for example nablatξ1

ρ2 as

follows

nablatξ1

ρ2 = nablatξ1

(dω2 + 2ω3 and ω1) = dω3 + 2nablaξ1ω3 and ω1 = dω3 minus 2ω2 and ω1 = ρ3

The proof of other identities is similar

Now we extend endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 of the horizontal distribution H to

endomorphisms Jα of the all tangent bundle by the following conditions

Jαξα = 0 Jα|H = Jα

J1ξ2 = minusεξ3 J1ξ3 = εξ2

J2ξ3 = ξ1 J2ξ1 = εξ3

J3ξ1 = ξ2 J3ξ2 = εξ1

(4)

Note that the endomorphisms Jα α = 1 2 3 at a point x constitute the standard basis

of the Lie algebra h1ε sub End(TxM) Using Lemma 22 and Corollary 23 we can prove

Lemma 24 The vector filed ξα preserves the field of endomorphism Jα for α = 1 2 3

and the Lie derivatives of Jα with respect to ξβ are given by

Lξ1 J2 = minusLξ2 J1 = minusεJ3 Lξ2J3 = εLξ3J2 = minusJ1 Lξ3 J1 = εLξ1J3 = J2

The following proposition shows that the restriction of the field of endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 to the (non-holonomic) codimension one distribution Tα = Kerωα are

integrable This means that the Nijenhuis tensor N(Jα Jα)Tα= 0 or equivalently the

eigendistributions Tplusmnα of Jα|Tα

are involutive We remark that J1 J2 J3 are gt-skew sym-

metric anticommuting endomorphisms with one-dimensional kernel Tperpα Moreover in the

case ε = minus1 Jα|Tαis a complex structure in Tα and in the case ε = 1 J1|T1

is a complex

structure and J2|T2and J3|T3

are involutive endomorphisms (iehas square +1)

Proposition 25 Let (M ω1 ω2 ω3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the above

defined field of endomorphisms J1|T1 J2|T2

J3|T3are integrable

738 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Proof First of all note the following formula (cf [15])

LX(ιY dωα) = ι(LXY )dωα + ιY LXdωα

= ι[XY ]dωα + ιY LXdωα (forallX Y isin TM)(5)

Secondly we remark that if X isin H then

ιXdω2 = minusειJ1Xdω3

ιXdω3 = ιJ2Xdω1

ιXdω1 = ιJ3Xdω2

(6)

Then the proof is based on the following Lemma which is a generalization of Lemma by

Hitchin

Lemma 26 (i) Let T1 otimes C = T+1 + Tminus

1 be the eigenspace decomposition of the com-

plexified distribution T1 otimes C = Kerω1 otimes C with respect to the endomorphism J1 with

eigenvalues +i minusi Then

ι[XY ]dω2 = minusεiι[XY ]dω3 forallX Y isin T+1

(ii) For ε = 1 let Tα = T+α + Tminus

α be the eigenspace decomposition of Tα α = 2 3 with

respect to the endomorphism Jα with eigenvalues +1 and minus1 Then

ι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω1 forallX Y isin T+2

ι[XY ]dω2 = ι[XY ]dω1 forall X Y isin T+3

Proof We prove (i) Let X isin T+1 such that J1X = iX Then

LXdω2 = (dιX + ιXd)dω2 = d(ιXdω2)

= minusεd(ιJ1Xdω3) (by (6))

= minusεi(dιX)dω3

= minusεi(LX minus ιXd)dω3 = minusεiLXdω3

(7)

Applying Y isin T+1 to the equation (5) we get

LX(ιY dω2) = LX(minusειJ1Y dω3) = minusεiLX(ιY dω3)

= minusεi(ι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω3) ((5))

= minusεiι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω2 ((7))

(8)

Since LX(ιY dω2) = ι[XY ]dω2 + ιY LXdω2 by (5) comparing this with (8) we obtain

minusεiι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω2

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 739

3 Quaternionic CR structure and contact pseudo-metric

3-structure

We will show here that the quaternionic CR structure (that is (ε = minus1)-quaternionic

CR structure) is equivalent to the contact (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure and

moreover any (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure is in fact Sasakian 3-structure

The last statement is a generalization of results obtained by Tanno [17] [18] Jelonek

[11] and Kashiwada [13] We recall the classical definitions of contact metric 3-structure

normal contact metric structure and 3-Sasakian structure

Definition 31 (Tanno [17][18] Blair [5])A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure

g (ηα ξα φα) α = 1 2 3 on a (4n + 3)-manifold M consists of a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g of signature (3 + 4p 4q) p + q = n contact forms ηα the dual vector fields

ξα = gminus1(ηα) and endomorphisms φα which satisfy the following conditions

(1) g(ξα ξβ) = δαβ

(2) φ2α(X) = minusX + ηα(X)ξα φα(ξα) = 0 dηα(X Y ) = g(X φαY )

(3) g(φαX φαY ) = g(X Y ) minus ηα(X)ηα(Y )

(4) φα = φβφγ minus ξβ otimes ηγ = minusφγφβ + ξγ otimes ηβ where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of

(1 2 3)

A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure g (ηα ξα φα) is called a pseudo-K-contact

3-structure if

(5) the vector fields ξα are Killing fields with respect to g

A pseudo-K-contact 3-structure is called pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure if

(7) it is normal ie if the following tensors Nηα(middot middot) (α = 1 2 3) vanish

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα (9)

(forall X Y isin TM) Here

Nφα(X Y ) = [φαX φαY ] minus [X Y ] minus φα[φαX Y ] minus φα[X φαY ]

is the usual Nijenhuis tensor of a field of endomorphisms φα

Remark 32 (1) Some historical explanation may be needed When g is a Riemannian

metric (the case q = 0) the above set (g ηα ξα φα) is called a contact metric 3-structure

If in addition each ξα is Killing with respect to g it is called a K-contact 3-structure A

K-contact 3-structure with normality condition is called a Sasakian 3-structure Tanno

had proved that a K-contact 3-structure on 7-dimensional manifold is always a Sasakian

3-structure Later this result was generalized by Jelonek who proved that any pseudo-

Riemannian K-contact 3-structure in the case when it comes from a quaternionic Kahler

metric of positive or negative scalar curvature [11] is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure Re-

cently Kashiwada [13] has shown this result for contact (positive) metric 3-structures

(not necessarily K-contact) It is natural to ask whether this will be true also for any

contact pseudo-Riemannian metric 3-structures

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 7: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

738 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Proof First of all note the following formula (cf [15])

LX(ιY dωα) = ι(LXY )dωα + ιY LXdωα

= ι[XY ]dωα + ιY LXdωα (forallX Y isin TM)(5)

Secondly we remark that if X isin H then

ιXdω2 = minusειJ1Xdω3

ιXdω3 = ιJ2Xdω1

ιXdω1 = ιJ3Xdω2

(6)

Then the proof is based on the following Lemma which is a generalization of Lemma by

Hitchin

Lemma 26 (i) Let T1 otimes C = T+1 + Tminus

1 be the eigenspace decomposition of the com-

plexified distribution T1 otimes C = Kerω1 otimes C with respect to the endomorphism J1 with

eigenvalues +i minusi Then

ι[XY ]dω2 = minusεiι[XY ]dω3 forallX Y isin T+1

(ii) For ε = 1 let Tα = T+α + Tminus

α be the eigenspace decomposition of Tα α = 2 3 with

respect to the endomorphism Jα with eigenvalues +1 and minus1 Then

ι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω1 forallX Y isin T+2

ι[XY ]dω2 = ι[XY ]dω1 forall X Y isin T+3

Proof We prove (i) Let X isin T+1 such that J1X = iX Then

LXdω2 = (dιX + ιXd)dω2 = d(ιXdω2)

= minusεd(ιJ1Xdω3) (by (6))

= minusεi(dιX)dω3

= minusεi(LX minus ιXd)dω3 = minusεiLXdω3

(7)

Applying Y isin T+1 to the equation (5) we get

LX(ιY dω2) = LX(minusειJ1Y dω3) = minusεiLX(ιY dω3)

= minusεi(ι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω3) ((5))

= minusεiι[XY ]dω3 + ιY LXdω2 ((7))

(8)

Since LX(ιY dω2) = ι[XY ]dω2 + ιY LXdω2 by (5) comparing this with (8) we obtain

minusεiι[XY ]dω3 = ι[XY ]dω2

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 739

3 Quaternionic CR structure and contact pseudo-metric

3-structure

We will show here that the quaternionic CR structure (that is (ε = minus1)-quaternionic

CR structure) is equivalent to the contact (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure and

moreover any (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure is in fact Sasakian 3-structure

The last statement is a generalization of results obtained by Tanno [17] [18] Jelonek

[11] and Kashiwada [13] We recall the classical definitions of contact metric 3-structure

normal contact metric structure and 3-Sasakian structure

Definition 31 (Tanno [17][18] Blair [5])A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure

g (ηα ξα φα) α = 1 2 3 on a (4n + 3)-manifold M consists of a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g of signature (3 + 4p 4q) p + q = n contact forms ηα the dual vector fields

ξα = gminus1(ηα) and endomorphisms φα which satisfy the following conditions

(1) g(ξα ξβ) = δαβ

(2) φ2α(X) = minusX + ηα(X)ξα φα(ξα) = 0 dηα(X Y ) = g(X φαY )

(3) g(φαX φαY ) = g(X Y ) minus ηα(X)ηα(Y )

(4) φα = φβφγ minus ξβ otimes ηγ = minusφγφβ + ξγ otimes ηβ where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of

(1 2 3)

A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure g (ηα ξα φα) is called a pseudo-K-contact

3-structure if

(5) the vector fields ξα are Killing fields with respect to g

A pseudo-K-contact 3-structure is called pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure if

(7) it is normal ie if the following tensors Nηα(middot middot) (α = 1 2 3) vanish

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα (9)

(forall X Y isin TM) Here

Nφα(X Y ) = [φαX φαY ] minus [X Y ] minus φα[φαX Y ] minus φα[X φαY ]

is the usual Nijenhuis tensor of a field of endomorphisms φα

Remark 32 (1) Some historical explanation may be needed When g is a Riemannian

metric (the case q = 0) the above set (g ηα ξα φα) is called a contact metric 3-structure

If in addition each ξα is Killing with respect to g it is called a K-contact 3-structure A

K-contact 3-structure with normality condition is called a Sasakian 3-structure Tanno

had proved that a K-contact 3-structure on 7-dimensional manifold is always a Sasakian

3-structure Later this result was generalized by Jelonek who proved that any pseudo-

Riemannian K-contact 3-structure in the case when it comes from a quaternionic Kahler

metric of positive or negative scalar curvature [11] is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure Re-

cently Kashiwada [13] has shown this result for contact (positive) metric 3-structures

(not necessarily K-contact) It is natural to ask whether this will be true also for any

contact pseudo-Riemannian metric 3-structures

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 8: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 739

3 Quaternionic CR structure and contact pseudo-metric

3-structure

We will show here that the quaternionic CR structure (that is (ε = minus1)-quaternionic

CR structure) is equivalent to the contact (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure and

moreover any (pseudo-Riemannian) metric 3-structure is in fact Sasakian 3-structure

The last statement is a generalization of results obtained by Tanno [17] [18] Jelonek

[11] and Kashiwada [13] We recall the classical definitions of contact metric 3-structure

normal contact metric structure and 3-Sasakian structure

Definition 31 (Tanno [17][18] Blair [5])A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure

g (ηα ξα φα) α = 1 2 3 on a (4n + 3)-manifold M consists of a pseudo-Riemannian

metric g of signature (3 + 4p 4q) p + q = n contact forms ηα the dual vector fields

ξα = gminus1(ηα) and endomorphisms φα which satisfy the following conditions

(1) g(ξα ξβ) = δαβ

(2) φ2α(X) = minusX + ηα(X)ξα φα(ξα) = 0 dηα(X Y ) = g(X φαY )

(3) g(φαX φαY ) = g(X Y ) minus ηα(X)ηα(Y )

(4) φα = φβφγ minus ξβ otimes ηγ = minusφγφβ + ξγ otimes ηβ where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutation of

(1 2 3)

A contact pseudo-metric 3-structure g (ηα ξα φα) is called a pseudo-K-contact

3-structure if

(5) the vector fields ξα are Killing fields with respect to g

A pseudo-K-contact 3-structure is called pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure if

(7) it is normal ie if the following tensors Nηα(middot middot) (α = 1 2 3) vanish

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα (9)

(forall X Y isin TM) Here

Nφα(X Y ) = [φαX φαY ] minus [X Y ] minus φα[φαX Y ] minus φα[X φαY ]

is the usual Nijenhuis tensor of a field of endomorphisms φα

Remark 32 (1) Some historical explanation may be needed When g is a Riemannian

metric (the case q = 0) the above set (g ηα ξα φα) is called a contact metric 3-structure

If in addition each ξα is Killing with respect to g it is called a K-contact 3-structure A

K-contact 3-structure with normality condition is called a Sasakian 3-structure Tanno

had proved that a K-contact 3-structure on 7-dimensional manifold is always a Sasakian

3-structure Later this result was generalized by Jelonek who proved that any pseudo-

Riemannian K-contact 3-structure in the case when it comes from a quaternionic Kahler

metric of positive or negative scalar curvature [11] is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure Re-

cently Kashiwada [13] has shown this result for contact (positive) metric 3-structures

(not necessarily K-contact) It is natural to ask whether this will be true also for any

contact pseudo-Riemannian metric 3-structures

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 9: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

740 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

The following theorem gives an affirmative answer on this question

Theorem 33 The following three structures on a (4n+3)-dimensional manifold M are

equivalent contact pseudo-metric 3-structures quaternionic CR structures and pseudo-

Sasakian 3-structures

Proof Since any pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure is a contact metric 3-structure we have

to prove that

i) if (g ηα ξα φα) is a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure then ωα = ηα is a quaternionic

CR structure and

ii) if (ωα) is a quaternionic CR structure then the structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα)

defined by the equations (1) (3) (4) is a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure

i) Let (g ηα ξα φα) be a contact pseudo-metric 3-structure We have to prove that

1-forms ωα = ηα satisfy conditions (1) (2) of Definition 21 It follows from the definition

that 2-forms dωα = dηα are non-degenerate on the codimension three distribution H =3cap

α=1Ker ηα and TM = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 oplusH The conditions (2)(3) of Definition 31 show that

2-forms

ρα = dηα + 2ηβ and ηγ

have the kernel V = span(ξ1 ξ2 ξ3) This proves (1) To prove (2) it is sufficient to check

that Jα = (ργ|H)minus1 (ρβ|H) = φα|H From (2) of Definition 31 we have

ρα(X Y ) = dηα(X Y ) = g(X φaY ) for X Y isin H (10)

The left hand side is equal to ρβ(JγX Y ) The right hand side can be rewritten as

g(X φαY ) = g(φγX φγ(φαY )) (by (4) of Definition 31)

= g(φγX φβY ) = ρβ(φγX Y )(11)

Since ρα|H is non-degenerate we conclude that Jγ = φγ on H Since φα|H satisfies the

quaternionic relations this proves (2)

ii) Let now (ωα) be a quaternionic CR structure We have to check that the associated

structure (g = g1 ηα = ωα ξα φα = Jα) satisfy conditions (1)-(7) of Definition 31 The

conditions (1)-(5) follow directly from the definition of a quaternionic CR structure The

condition (6) is proved in (2) of Lemma 22 Now we check the normality condition

Nηα(X Y ) = Nφα(X Y ) + (Xηα(Y ) minus Y ηα(X))ξα = 0

for φα = Jα By Proposition 25 Nφα(X Y ) = 0 forallX Y isin Ker ηα = ξβ ξγ oplus H This

shows that Nηα = 0 on Ker ηα Since TM = ξα oplus Ker ηα it remains to check that

Nηα(ξα X) = 0 for a local vector field X isin Ker ηα We have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 10: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 741

Since LξαJα = 0 by Lemma 24 we have

Nηα(ξα X) = minus([ξα X] + Jα[ξα JαX])

= minus(LξαX + JαLξα

JαX) = 0

Hence the normality condition Nηα = 0 holds

4 Einstein metric associated with ε-quaternionic CR structure

We have proved that (ε = minus1)-quaternionic CR structure ω = (ωα) on a (4n + 3)-

dimensional manifold M defines a pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure (g ηα ξα φα) where g =

g1 =sum

ωα otimes ωα + ρ1 J1 ηα = ωα φα = Jα It is known that the metric g of a Sasakian

3-structure is Einstein with the Einstein constant 2(2n + 1) Tanno [18] remarked that

this result remains true also for pseudo-Sasakian structure It is natural to expect that

the result can be generalized also for the metric g1 associated with para-quaternionic CR

structure The following theorem shows that this is true

Theorem 41 Let (M ω = (ωα)) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold Then the metric

g = g1 is an Einstein metric

Proof Lemma 22 implies that the orbits of the Lie algebra h1ε (that is maximal integrable

submanifolds of the vertical distribution V ) are totally geodesic submanifolds of (M gt)

for t gt 0 To simplify the notations we will assume that h1ε consists of complete vector

fields Then it defines an isometric action of the Lie group H1ε with a discrete stabilizer

We will assume that the action of H1ε is proper Then the orbit space MH1

ε is an

orbifold Deleting the singular points we get a smooth fibration π Mreg rarr B sub MH1ε

which is a Riemannian submersion with respect to the induced metric on B For brevity

we will assume that π M rarr B = MH1ε is a Riemannian submersion (with totally

geodesic fibers) Then we can use OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas which relate the Ricci curvature rict

of (M gt) with the Ricci curvature rictV of the fiber and the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B Since OrsquoNeillrsquos formulas are purely local without loss of generality it

can be written as in [3]

rict(ξ ξprime) = rictV (ξ ξprime) + t2g(Aξ Aξprime)

rict(X Y ) = ricB(X Y ) minus 2tg(AX AY )

rict(X ξ) = tg(δA)X ξ)

for any vectors ξ ξprime isin Vx X Y isin Hx where

AXY =1

2[X Y ]v = (nablaXY )v

g(Aξ Aξprime) =sum

g(AXiξ AXi

ξprime) g(AX AY ) =sum

(AXξα AY ξα)

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 11: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

742 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

δA = minussum

(nablaXiA)Xi

Here nabla is the covariant derivative of the metric g1 Xi (respectively ξα) is an orthonormal

basis of Hx (respectively Vx ) for x isin M and Xv stands for the vertical part of a vector

X

To apply these formulas we calculate the Nomuzu operator Ltξα

= minusnablatξα isin End(TM)

associated with the Killing field ξα where nablat is the covariant derivative of the metric gt

Lemma 42

Ltξ1|H = minusnablatξ1 = tJ1 Lt

ξ2|H= tJ2 Lt

ξ3|H = minusnablatξ1 = minusεJ3

Ltξ1|V = J1 |V Lt

ξ2|V = J2 |V Lt

ξ3|V = minusεJ3 |V

In particular for t = 1

Lξα= L1

ξα= εαJα (α = 1 2 3 ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε)

Proof We recall the following Koszul formula for the covariant derivative

2g(nablaXY Z) = g([X Y ] Z) minus g([X Z] Y ) minus g(X [Y Z])

+ X middot g(Y Z) + Y middot g(X Z) minus Z middot g(X Y )(12)

where X Y Z are vector fields on a Riemannian manifold (M g) Applying this formula

to the metric gt for Y = ξα and horizontal vector fields Y Z and using the formula

gt ξα = tεαωα where ε1 = 1 ε2 = ε3 = minusε we get

2gt(nablaXξα Z) = minusgt(ξα [X Z]) = minustεαωα([X Z])

= 2εαdωα(X Z) = 2εαρα(X Z)(13)

Now the result follows from the identities

gH = ρ1 J1 = ρ2 J2 = minusερ3 J3

Corollary 43 For X Y isin H the following formulas hold

(i)

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(LξαX Y ) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) = 3g1(X X) g1(Aξα Aξβ) = 4nεαδαβ

(iii)

g1((δA)X ξα) = 0

Proof (i)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 12: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 743

g1(AXY ξα) = g1(nablaXY ξα) = minusg1(YnablaXξα) = g1(JαX Y )

(ii)

g1(AX AX) =sum

εα(Axξα AXξα) =sum

εαg1(JαX JαX) = 3g1(X X)

g1(Aξα Aξβ) =sum

g1(AXiξα AXi

ξβ) =sum

g1(JαXi JβXi) = 4nεαδαβ

The last equation can be checked using the formulas for the covariant derivatives of ρα

Lemma 44 The Ricci curvature of the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F is

given by rictV =

2

tgt

V

Proof We remark that the restriction gtV of the metric gt to the fiber F ≃ H1

ε is pro-

portional to the standard metric B on H1ε associated with Killing form more precisely

gtV = minust

1

8B It is known that the Ricci curvature of a bi-invariant metric on a semisimple

Lie group is equal to minus14B This implies Lemma

To finish the proof of Theorem we have to calculate the Ricci curvature ricB of the

base manifold B = MH1ε The answer is given in the following proposition which is

known in the case ε = minus1 [18] The proof in the case ε = 1 is similar

Proposition 45 The metric gB induces by the metric gt on the base manifold B =

MH1ε is Einstein with Einstein constant λ = 4(n + 2) that is

ricB = 4(n + 2)gB

Collecting all these results we conclude that the for any t gt 0 the Ricci operator of

the metric gt act as a scalar on the vertical space V and horizontal space H Moreover

for t = 1 it is a scalar operator and hence g1 is an Einstein metric This finishes the

proof of Theorem

5 ε-quaternionic CR manifolds and ε-quaternionic Kahler ma-

nifolds

Recall that a (pseudo-Riemannian) quaternionic Kahler manifold (respectively para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold) is defined as a 4n-dimensional pseudo-Riemannian ma-

nifold (M g) with the holonomy group H sub Sp(1)Sp(p q) (respectively H sub Sp(1 R)

Sp(n R)) This means that the manifold M admits a parallel 3-dimensional subbundle

Q (quaternionic subbundle) of the bundle of endomorphisms which is locally generated

by three skew-symmetric endomorphisms J1 J2 J3 which satisfy the quaternionic rela-

tions (respectively para-quaternionic relations) To unify the notations we shall call a

quaternionic Kahler manifold also a (ε = minus1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold and a para-

quaternionic Kahler manifold a (ε = 1)-quaternionic Kahler manifold

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 13: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

744 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

It is known that any ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold is Einstein and its curvature

tensor has the form R = νR1 + W where ν is a constant (proportional to the scalar

curvature) R1 is the curvature tensor of the canonical metric on the (para) quaternionic

projective space and W is a quaternionic Weyl tensor such that curvature operators

W (X Y ) commute with Q

Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We will assume that the Lie algebra

h1ε = span(ξα) of vector fields is complete and generates a free action of the group H1

ε

(or its quotient by a discrete central subgroup) on M Then the orbit space B = MH1ε

is a smooth manifold and π M rarr B is a principal bundle Moreover the pseudo-

Riemannian metric g1 of (M ω) induces a pseudo-Riemannian metric gB on B such that

π M rarr B is a Riemannian submersion with totally geodesic fibers

We will give a sketch of the proof of the following theorem

Theorem 51 Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold ε = plusmn1 Assume that the

Lie algebra h1ε generates a free action of the corresponding Lie group H1

ε on M Then the

orbit space B = MH1ε has the natural structure of ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold Co-

nversely let (B gB Q) be a ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold and SB the Sasakian bundle

of frames (J1 J2 J3) of the quaternionic bundle Q which satisfy ε-quaternionic relations

Then SB has the natural structure of a ε-quaternionic CR manifold

Proof Let (M ω) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and π M rarr B the projection on

the orbit space The projection π induces an isometry πlowast of a horizontal space Hx at any

point x isin M onto the tangent space Tπ(x)B The images πlowast Jα of the endomorphisms

Jα α = 1 2 3 define a quaternionic subbundle Q of the bundle of endomorphisms of TB

It remains to check that this bundle is parallel with respect to the Levi-Civita connection

of the induces metric gB In the case when ε = minus1 and the metric g1 on M is positively

defined (hence defines a Sasakian 3-structure ) this is a classical result by Ishihara [8]

His approach can be generalized to the case of pseudo-Sasakian 3-structure and also to

the case ε = 1 see [2] Here we indicate another approach which is based on Swann

characterization of a quaternionic Kahler manifolds in terms of fundamental 4-form It

works when n gt 2

Swann [16] proved that a Riemannian manifold (M4n g) n gt 2 with a quaternionic

subbundle Q (ie a three-dimensional subbundle of End(TM) locally generated by three

skew-symmetric almost complex structures (J1 J2 J3) which satisfy the quaternionic re-

lations) is a quaternionic Kahler manifold if the globally defined fundamental 4-form

Ω =sum

g Jα and g Jα is closed This result remains valid for pseudo-Riemannian case

and can be generalized to the case of para-quaternionic Kahler manifolds

We can apply this result and finish the proof of the first part of the theorem as follows

Consider 4-form Ω =sum

ρα and ρα on M One can easily check that it is H1ε -invariant and

horizontal Hence it is a pull-back of a 4-form ΩB on B It is obvious that ΩB is the

fundamental 4-form of the quaternionic subbundle Q It remains to check that the form

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 14: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 745

Ω is closed It can be done as follows

dΩ = dsum

α

(dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ) and (dωα + 2δαωβ and ωγ)

= 2dsum

α

dωα and ωβ and ωγ

= 23

sum

α=1

(dωα and dωβ and ωγ minus dωα and ωβ and dωγ)

= 0

(14)

where (α β γ) is a cyclic permutations of (1 2 3) and δ1 = minusε δ2 = δ3 = 1

6 Homogeneous quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR mani-

folds

Here we describe some homogeneous examples of ε-quaternionic CR manifolds which

are the total spaces SB of the Sasakian bundle over symmetric ε-quaternionic Kahler

manifolds B The classification of ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric spaces was given by

D Alekseevsky and V Cortes [1] Below we give a list of homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR

manifolds associated with ε-quaternionic Kahler symmetric space of classical Lie groups

We have the following homogeneous ε-quaternionic CR manifolds of classical Lie groups

Cn ε = +1 SHprimenn = Spn+1(R)Spn(R)

ε = minus1 SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

An ε = +1 SUp+1q+1Upq

ε = minus1 SUp+2qUpq

BDn ε = +1 SOp+2q+2SOpq

ε = minus1 SOp+4qSOpq

We give more details concerning the geometry of the quaternionic CR manifold and

para-quaternionic CR manifold

61 Model space of quaternionic CR manifold

Put p + q = n Let Hn+1 be the quaternionic arithmetic space of quaternionic dimension

n + 1 with nondegenerate quaternionic Hermitian form

lt x y gt= x1y1 + middot middot middot+ xp+1yp+1 minus xp+2yp+2 minus middot middot middot minus xn+1yn+1 (15)

Denote by SpqH

the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zp+1 w1 middot middot middot wq) isin Hn+1 | ||(z w)||2 =

|z1|2 + middot middot middot+ |zp+1|

2 minus |w1|2 minus middot middot middot minus |wq|

2 = 1(16)

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 15: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

746 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

Then the group Spp+1q acts transitively on SpqH

with stabilizer isomorphic to Sppq Ac-

cording to the definition (cf [2] [19][12])

SpqH

= Spp+1qSppq

is known as the quaternionic pseudo-Riemannian space of signature (3 + 4p 4q) with

constant positive curvature On the other hand if

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot + zp+1dzp+1 minus w1dw1 minus middot middot middot minus wqdwq) (17)

is the sp(1)-valued 1-form on SpqH

then we have shown in [2] that the set (ω I J K) gives

a quaternionic CR structure on SpqH

See [2] for the proof We shall construct the similar

space form for para-quaternionic CR geometry using para-quaternionic arithmetic vector

space Hprimen

62 Model space of para-quaternionic CR manifold

We shall present an explicit model of the homogeneous space Spn+1(R)Spn(R) in terms

of the algebra of para-quaternions Hprime = C + Cj

Let M(n Hprime) be the set of n times n-matrices with split-quaternion entries and I the

identity matrix First of all we identify the group Spn(R) with the group

Sp(n Hprime) = A isin M(n Hprime) |lowastAA = I (18)

The isomorphism of Sp(n Hprime) onto Spn(R) is induced by the correspondence

(x + yi) + (zj + wk) 7rarr

x + z y + w

minus(y minus w) x minus z

Let (Hprimen+1 lt middot middot gt) be the para-quaternionic arithmetic space of real dimension 4(n + 1)

equipped with the inner product (ie a non-degenerate para-quaternionic Hermitian form)

lt z w gt= z1w1 + middot middot middot + zn+1wn+1 (19)

The real part Re lt z w gt of lt z w gt is a non-degenerate symmetric bilinear form on

Hprimen+1 The group of all invertible matrices GL(n+1 Hprime) is acting from the left and Hprimelowast =

GL(1 Hprime) acting as the scalar multiplications from the right on Hprimen+1 which forms the

group GL(n+1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) = GL(n+1 Hprime) timesplusmn1

GL(1 Hprime) Let Sp(n+1 Hprime) middotSp(1 Hprime)

be the subgroup of GL(n + 1 Hprime) middotGL(1 Hprime) whose elements preserve the non-degenerate

bilinear form Re lt middot middot gt

Denote by Σ2n+22n+1Hprime the (4n + 3)-dimensional quadric

(z1 middot middot middot zn+1) isin Hprimen+1

| lt z z gt= |z1|2 + middot middot middot + |zn+1|

2 = minus1 (20)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 16: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 747

Note that if v = x + yi + zj + wk then lt v v gt= x2 + y2 minus z2 minus w2 In particular

the group Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) leaves Σ2n+22n+1Hprime invariant Let lt middot middot gtx be the non-

degenerate para-quaternionic inner product on the tangent space TxHn+1 obtained by

the parallel translation of lt middot middot gt to the point x isin Hprimen+1 Denote by I J K the

standard para-quaternionic structure on Hprimen+1 which operates as Iz = zi Jz = zj or

Kz = zk As usual the set of endomorphisms Ix Jx Kx acts on TxHprimen+1 at each point

x As lt IX IY gt0=lt Xi Y i gt= minusi lt X Y gt i lt JX JY gt0=lt Xj Y j gt=

minusj lt X Y gt j (similarly for K) it follows that Re lt IX IY gt0= Re lt X Y gt0

Re lt JX JY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 Re lt KX KY gt0= minusRe lt X Y gt0 because

j2 = k2 = 1 Then it is easy to see that gHprime

x (X Y ) = Re lt X Y gtx (forall X Y isin TxHprimen+1)

is the standard pseudo-Euclidean metric of type (2n + 2 2n + 2) on Hprimen+1 such that

gHprime

x (IX IY ) = gHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (JX JY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

gHprime

x (KX KY ) = minusgHprime

x (X Y )

(21)

If Nx is the normal vector field at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 then gH

prime

x (IN IN) = gHprime

x (N N) =

gHprime

x (JN JN) = gHprime

x (KN KN) = 1 by (21) There is the decomposition THprimen+1 =

N oplus TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime Restricted gH

prime

to Σ2n+22n+1Hprime in Hprimen+1 we obtain a non-degenerate

pseudo-Riemannian metric g of type (2n + 2 2n + 1)

Definition 61 Σ2n+22n+1Hprime is referred to the para-quaternionic CR space form of type

(2n + 2 2n + 1) endowed with the transitive group of isometries Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

Σ2n+22n+1Hprime = Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime)

where Sp(n Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) is the stabilizer of (1 0 middot middot middot 0)

When Nx is the normal vector at x isin Σ2n+22n+1Hprime note that TxΣ

2n+22n+1Hprime = Nperp

x with

respect to gHprime

In particular IN JN KN isin TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime such that

TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = IN JN KN oplus IN JN KNperp

By (21) 4n-dimensional subbundle IN JN KNperp is invariant under I J K The

group Sp(1 Hprime) acts freely on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

(λ (z1 middot middot middot zn+1)) = (z1 middot λ middot middot middot zn+1 middot λ)

There is the equivariant principal bundle

Sp(1 Hprime)rarr(Sp(n + 1 Hprime) middot Sp(1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 Hprime) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime )

(22)

Let E(γ) = S4n+1 timesS1

C2n+1 be the fiber bundle over the complex projective space CP2n

with fiber C2n+1 Then it is easy to see that E(γ) fibers over Σ2n+22n+1Hprime with fiber

diffeomorphic to the hyperbolic plane H2R On the other hand let

ω = minus(z1dz1 + middot middot middot+ zn+1dzn+1) (23)

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 17: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

748 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

be the ImHprime = sp(1 Hprime) = so(2 1)-valued 1-form on Σ2n+22n+1

Hprime Let ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 be the

vector fields on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime induced by the one-parameter subgroups cos θ + i sin θθisinR

cosh θ minus j sinh θθisinR cosh θ minus k sinh θθisinR respectively A calculation shows that

ω(ξ1) = minusi ω(ξ2) = j ω(ξ3) = k (24)

By the formula of ω if a isin Sp(1 Hprime) then the right translation Ra Σ2n+22n+1Hprime rarrΣ2n+22n+1

Hprime

satisfies

Rlowastaω = a middot ω middot a (25)

Therefore ω is a connection form of the above bundle (22) Note that Sp(n+1 Hprime) leaves

ω invariant Let Ω be the curvature form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime

dω + ω and ω = Ω (dωα + 2εαωβ and ωγ = Ωα ε1 = minus1 ε2 = 1 ε3 = 1) (26)

To prove that (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ω) is a para-quaternionic CR-manifold we check the conditions

(1) (2) of Definition 21 of sect2

ω = ω1i + ω2j + ω3k (27)

It follows from (24) that ω1(ξ1) = minus1 ω2(ξ2) = 1 ω3(ξ3) = 1 A calculation shows that

that

ω3 and dω2n = 6ω1 and ω2 and ω3 and (minusdω12 + dω2

2 + dω32)n

so each ωα is a non-degenerate contact form on Σ2n+22n+1Hprime Using (25) It follows that

Lξ1ω1 = 0 Lξ2ω2 = Lξ3ω3 = 0 As ξ1 ξ2 ξ3 generates the Lie algebra of SO(2 1) =

Sp(1 Hprime) there is the decomposition TΣ2n+22n+1Hprime = ξ1 ξ2 ξ3oplusH where H =

3cap

α=1Ker ωα

This proves Properties (1) of Definition 21 Let Ωα|H = σα (α = 1 2 3) Note that

σα = dωα on H Since Ker ω1 = ξ2 ξ3oplusH and (X Y ) 7rarr dω1(IX Y ) is non-degenerate

on H σα is also non-degenerate on H

To prove the para-quaternionic relations (2) of Definition 21 we need the following

lemma

Lemma 62

dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) dω2(X Y ) = minusg(X JY ) dω3(X Y ) = g(X KY )

where X Y isin H

Proof Given X Y isin Hx let u v be the vectors at the origin obtained by the parallel

translation of X Y respectively Then by definition g(X Y ) = Re lt u v gt Further-

more

g(X IY ) = Re(lt u v middot i gt) = Re(lt u v gt middoti) (28)

Similarly for J K Since dω = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1) for X Y isin Hx

dω(X Y ) = minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)x(X Y )

= minus(dz1 and dz1 + middot middot middot+ dzn+1 and dzn+1)(u v)

= minus1

2(lt u v gt minus lt v u gt = minus

1

2(lt u v gt minuslt u v gt)

(29)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 18: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 749

Using (27) it is easy to check that g(X IY ) = dω1(X Y ) g(X JY ) = minusdω2(X Y )

g(X KY ) = minusdω3(X Y )

As g|H is invariant under I J K by (21) the above equality implies that

dω1(IX Y ) = dω2(JX Y ) = dω3(KX Y ) = g(X Y ) (30)

By Definition 21 each Jγ is defined as

ρ3(J1X Y ) = minusρ2(X Y ) ρ1(J2X Y ) = ρ3(X Y )

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y )(forall X Y isin H)

Proposition 63 The set Jαα=123 forms a para-quaternionic structure on H In fact

J1 = I J2 = J J3 = K

Proof By definition the endomorphism J3 is defined by

ρ2(J3X Y ) = ρ1(X Y ) (forall X Y isin H)

Calculate that ρ1(X Y ) = dω1 minus 2ω2 and ω3(X Y ) = dω1(X Y ) = g(X IY ) = minusg(IX Y )

Using the para-quaternionic relation of Definition 21

ρ2(J3X Y ) = dω2(J3X Y ) = minusg(J3X JY ) = g(JJ3X Y ) so that g(IX Y ) = minusg(JJ3X Y )

Hence I = minusJJ3 or JI = minusJ2J3 ieK = J3 on H The same argument yields that

J = J2 I = J1 We have proved the following theorem

Theorem 64 (Σ2n+22n+1Hprime ωαα=123 I J K) is a (4n + 3)-dimensional homogene-

ous para-quaternionic CR-manifold of type (2n + 2 2n + 1) Moreover there exists the

equivariant principal bundle of the pseudo-Riemannian submersion over the homogeneous

para-quaternionic Kahler manifold Σ2n+22n+1Hprime of signature (2n 2n) (n ge 2)

Sp(1 R)rarr(Sp(n + 1 R) middot Sp(1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

πminusrarr

(PSp(n + 1 R) Σ2n+22n+1Hprime g)

Remark 65 If we note that (ξ1)x = x middot (minusi) then (ξ1)x = minusINx (similarly for ξ2 ξ3)

By definition ω(Xx) = minus lt x u gt where u isin Hn+1 is the vector at the origin by parallel

translation of Xx Then it follows that

ω1(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middot(minusi))

= Re(imiddot lt x u gt)(31)

Here we used Re(a middot b) = Re(b middot a)

On the other hand lt x middot λ y gt= λmiddot lt x y gt by definition of lt gt We have

lt (ξ1)x Xx gt= Re(lt x middot (minusi) u gt) = Re(imiddot lt x u gt)

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 19: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

750 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

hence

ω1(X) = g(ξ1 X)

Similarly we have that (ξ2)x = x middot (j) (ξ3)x = x middot (k) It follows that lt (ξ2)x Xx gt=

Re(lt z(j) u gt) = Re(minusj lt x u gt) lt (ξ3)x Xx gt= Re(minusk lt x u gt) Noting

j2 = k2 = 1 ω2(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotj) ω3(Xx) = Re(minus lt x u gt middotk) It follows that

ω2(Xx) =lt (ξ2)x Xx gt= g((ξ2)x Xx) ω3(Xx) = g((ξ3)x Xx)

7 Reduction of ε-quaternionic CR manifold with a symmetry

group

The reduction method is one of the most powerful methods of constructing of a new ma-

nifolds with some geometric structures starting from a manifold M with such a structure

which admits a non trivial Lie group G of symmetries To apply this method one has

to define a G-equivariant ldquomomentum maprdquo micro from M into an appropriate G-module

V The new manifold with the structure S is defined as the quotient M = microminus1(0)G of

zero-level set of micro by G This method works if the structure S can be described in terms

of differential form and structure equations can be written in terms of natural differential

operators for example exterior differential ε-quaternionic CR structure is one of such

structures Below we describe the reduction method for ε-quaternionic CR structures

Let (M ωα α = 1 2 3) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G be a Lie group of

its automorphisms ie transformations which preserves 1-forms ωα We denote by glowast the

dual space of the Lie algebra g of G and we will consider elements X isin g as vector fields

on M We define a momentum map as

micro M rarr R3 otimes glowast x 7rarr microx

microx(X) = ω(Xx) = (ω1(Xx) ω2(Xx) ω3(Xx)) isin R3

Lemma 71 The momentum map is a G-equivariant where G acts on R3 otimes glowast by the

coadjoint representation on the second factor

Proof For any φ isin G and X isin g we have

microφx(AdφXx) = ω(AdφXx) = φlowastω(Xx) = ω(Xx)

since ω = (ω1 ω2 ω3) is G-invariant form

Let microminus1(0) be the preimage at the origin 0 It consists of all point x isin M such that

the tangent space gx to the orbit Gx is horizontal gx sub Hx In general it is a stratified

manifold We calculate the tangent space Tx(microminus1(0)) at a point x defined as the kernel

of the differential dmicrox We denote by gx the tangent space to the orbit Gx at x

Lemma 72

Tx(microminus1(0)) = Vx + H prime

x

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 20: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 751

where Hx = spanJαgx α = 1 2 3 oplus H prime (Here oplus stands for gt-orthogonal direct sum)

Proof For Y isin TxM and ξ isin g we have

dmicrox(ξ)(Y ) = dιξω(Y ) = ((Lξ minus ιξd)ω)(Y )

= minusιξdω(Y ) = (ρ minus ω and ω)(ξ Y ) = ρ(ξ Y )

since ω(ξ) = 0 If Y is vertical then the last expression vanishes If Y is horizontal we

can rewrite it as

ρ(ξ Y ) = (ρ1(ξ Y ) ρ2(ξ Y ) ρ3(ξ Y ))

= (gt(J1ξ Y ) gt(J2ξ Y )plusmngt(J3ξ Y ))

This proves Lemma

Corollary 73 (1) dim Gx le dim Tx(microminus1(0)) le 3 dim Gx

(2) If the group G is one dimensional and it acts freely then microminus1(0) is a smooth regular

(ie closed imbedded) submanifold of dimension 4n

We will assume that zero level set M prime = microminus1(0) of the momentum map is a smooth

submanifold of M and the group G acts on M prime properly We denote by M primereg the open G-

invariant submanifold of G-regular points of M prime (iepoints which have a maximal possible

stabilizer K defined up to conjugation) It is well known that the orbit space M primeregG is

a smooth manifold

Theorem 74 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and G a connected Lie group

of its automorphisms Assume that G acts properly on the manifold M primereg sub microminus1(0) Then

the ε-quaternionic CR structure of M induces a ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα on the

orbit space M = M primeregG

Proof Denote by ωprime and ρprime the restriction of forms ω and ρ to the submanifold M prime

Then dωprime+ωprimeandωprime = ρprime Since the forms ωprime ρprime are G-invariant and horizontal they can be

projected down to forms ω ρ on M such that πlowast(ω) = ωprime πlowast(ρ) = ρprime where π M prime rarr M

is the natural projection Then dω + ω and ω = ρ

Now we describe the tangent space TxMprime and the tangent space Tπ(x)M = πlowast(TxM

prime)

We have

TxM = Vx + Hx Hx = spanJαgx oplus H primex

Then TxMprime = V + H prime

x We decompose H primex into an orthogonal sum H prime

x = gx oplus H Then

the projection πlowast has kernel gx and induces an isomorphism πlowast V + H asymp Tπ(x)M This

shows that 2-forms ρα have kernel πlowast(Vx) and the associated endomorphisms Jα = ρminus1γ ρβ

satisfy the quaternionic relations

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 21: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

752 D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753

8 ε-hyperKahler structure on the cone over a ε-quaternionic CR

manifold

A ε-hyperKahler manifold is defined as a 4n-dimensional ε-quaternionic Kahler manifold

whose holonomy group is a subgroup of Sp(p q) for ε = minus1 and Sp(n R) for ε = 1 In

this section we prove the following result

Theorem 81 Let (M ωα) be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold and gt the natural metric

Then the cone R+timesM with the cone metric gN = dt2 + t2g1 is a ε-hyperKahler manifold

Conversely if the cone metric gN on the cone N = R+ times M over a manifold M is ε-

hyperKahler with a parallel ε-hypercomplex structure Jα then the manifold M has the

canonical ε-quaternionic CR structure ωα = dt Jα such that g1 is the associated natural

metric

Proof We prove this theorem for ε = minus1 The proof for ε = 1 is similar Let (M ωα)

be a ε-quaternionic CR manifold We construct three exact 2-forms on the cone R+ timesM

by

Ωα = d(t2 middot ωα) = 2tdt and ωα + t2dωα

where t is the coordinate in R+ Now we extend the almost complex structures Jα

(α = 1 2 3) to almost complex structures Jα on R+ times M by

Jαξα = t middotd

dt

d

dt= minus

ξα

t

(32)

Since Jα satisfy the quaternionic relations and 2-forms Ωα are non degenerate and

exact hence closed it is sufficient to check that the metric gN can be written as

gN = Ω1(J1middot middot) = Ω2(J2middot middot) = Ω3(J3middot middot) (33)

We check this as follows Recall that

g1 =

3sum

α=1

ωα otimes ωα + dωβ Jβ|H

for β = 1 2 3 Now for any Y isin T (R+ times M) we calculate

Ωα(Jα

d

dt Y ) = minus

1

t(2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(ξα Y ) = dt(Y ) = gN(

d

dt Y )

Now we may assume that X Y isin TM For X = ξα we get

Ωα(Jαξα Y ) = (2tdt and ωα + t2dωα)(td

dt Y ) = t2ωα(Y ) = gN(ξα Y ) (34)

Similar

Ωα(Jαξβ Y ) = Ωα(ξγ Y ) = t2dωα(ξγ Y ) = minus2t2ωβ and ωγ(ξα Y (35)

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967

Page 22: Quaternionic and para-quaternionic CR structure on (4n+3)-dimensional manifolds

D Alekseevsky Y Kamishima Central European Journal of Mathematics 2(5) 2004 732ndash753 753

It remains to consider the case when X Y isin H are horizontal vectors In this case

Ωα(JαX Y ) = t2dωα(JαX Y ) = t2g1(X Y ) = gN(X Y )

This prove the first claim The inverse statement can be checked similarly

References

[1] DV Alekseevsky V Cortes ldquoClassification of pseudo-Riemannian symmetric spacesof quaternionic Kahler typeldquo Preprint Institut Eli Cartan Vol 11 (2004)

[2] DA Alekseevsky and Y Kamishima ldquoLocally pseudo-conformal quaternionic CRstructurerdquo preprint

[3] A Besse Einstein manifolds Springer Verlag 1987

[4] O Biquard Quaternionic structures in mathematics and physics World SciPublishing Rome 1999 River Edge NJ 2001 pp 23ndash30

[5] DE Blair ldquoRiemannian geometry of contact and symplectic manifolds Contactmanifoldsrdquo Birkhauser Progress in Math Vol 203 (2002)

[6] CP Boyer K Galicki and BM Mann ldquoThe geometry and topology of 3-Sasakianmanifoldsrdquo Jour reine ange Math Vol 455 (1994) pp 183ndash220

[7] NJ Hitchin ldquoThe self-duality equations on a Riemannian surfacerdquo Proc LondonMath Soc Vol 55 (1987) pp 59ndash126

[8] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifoldsrdquo J Diff Geom Vol 9 (1974) pp483ndash500

[9] S Ishihara ldquoQuaternion Kahlerian manifolds and fibred Riemannian spaces withSasakian 3-structurerdquo Kodai Math Sem Rep Vol 25 (1973) pp 321ndash329

[10] S Ishihara and M Konishi ldquoReal contact and complex contact structurerdquo Sea BullMath Vol 3 (1979) pp 151ndash161

[11] W Jelonek ldquoPositive and negative 3-K-contact structuresrdquo Proc of AMS Vol129 (2000) pp 247ndash256

[12] R Kulkarni ldquoProper actions and pseudo-Riemannian space formsrdquo Advances inMath Vol 40 (1981) pp 10ndash51

[13] T Kashiwada ldquoOn a contact metric structurerdquo Math Z Vol 238 (2001) pp 829ndash832

[14] M Konishi ldquoOn manifolds with Sasakian 3-structure over quaternionic Kaehlermanifoldsrdquo |emphKodai Math Jour Vol 29 (1975) pp 194ndash200

[15] S Kobayashi and K Nomizu Foundations of differential geometry III InterscienceJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 1969

[16] A Swann ldquoAspects symplectiques de la geometrie quaternioniquerdquo C R Acad SciParis Seria I Vol 308 (1989) pp 225ndash228

[17] S Tanno ldquoKilling vector fields on contact Riemannian manifolds and fibering relatedto the Hopf fibrationsrdquo |emphTohoku Math Jour Vol 23 (1971) pp 313ndash333

[18] S Tanno ldquoRemarks on a triple of K-contact structuresrdquo Tohoku Math Jour Vol48 (1996) pp 519ndash531

[19] J Wolf Spaces of constant curvature McGraw-Hill Inc 1967